Download as docx, pdf, or txt
Download as docx, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 673

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5

NAME_________________________________________________

READING AND WRITING

(1 hour 10 minutes)PART 1

QUESTIONS 1-5

Which notice (A-H) says this (1-5)?

For questions 1-5, mark the correct letter A-H on the answer
sheet.

Children pay less than adults here. A.

Be careful because this will burn. B.

We don´t want any money yet. C.

Things are cheaper here. D.

You must pay with cash. E.

PART 2

QUESTIONS 6-10

Read the sentences (6-10) about going to the zoo.

Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space.

For questions 6-10, mark A, B or C on the answer sheet.


He put some biscuits and an apple in bag for his…………….. .

A. Meat B. lunch C. dish

He took a bus to the zoo and got off outside the……………


entrance.

A. High B. important C. main

He ……………….. At the monkeys eating some bananas.

A. Enjoyed B. watched C. Laughed

The lions were sleeping under a tree because it was very…………..

A. Hot B. tired C. full

A. Tim ……………………… some photos of the elephants.

A. Put B. took C. made

PART 3

QUESTIONS 11- 15

Complete the five conversations.

For questions 11-15, mark A, B or C on the answer sheet.

11. We’re from London A. Not at all

12. How many people were in the café?

13. CAn I have a sandwich?


14. Is this your watch?

15. Jhon’s broken this plate

B. Yes, please

C. How interesting

A. not much

B. A few.

C. A little.

A. Yes, of course.

B. Yes, it is.

C. Yes, that’s right.

A. It’s three o’clock.

B. I think its Dave’s.

C. I’m sorry I’m late.


A. That’s very good.

B. Here you are.

C. It doesn’t matter.

QUESTIONS 16-20

Complete the conversation about a flat.

What does Ben say to Ann?

For questions 16-20, mark the correct letter A-H on the answer
sheet.

Ann: oh yes, in the Evening Post?

Ben: 16……………..

Ann: $300 a month.

Ben: 17………………

Ann: Two, both of them with double beds.

Ben: 18……………….

Ann: Yes, It’s quite small, but there are some nice plants in it.

Ben: 19………………

Ann: I’m afraid not, but you can park outside on the street.
Ben: 20……………….

Ann: Of course- is tomorrow all right? At about 10 a.m.?

Ben: Yes, that’ll be fine. So I’ll see you tomorrow. Goodbye.

A. How many bedrooms does it have?

B. That’s right. How much is it?

C. Ok. Can I come and see it?

D. Hello, I’m phoning about your advertisement for a flat.

E. Is there a bus stop near the flat?

F. Does it have a garden?

G. How many beds are there?


H. And is there a garage?

PART 4

QUESTIONS 21-27

Read the article about some birds.

Are sentences 21-27 ‘Right’ (A) or ‘Wrong’ (B)?

If there is not enough information to answer ‘right’ (A) or ‘Wrong’


(B),

Choose ‘doesn’t say’ (C).

For questions 21- 27, mark A, B or C on the answer sheet.


21. Bill Lishman is a farmer.

A Right B Wrong C Doesn’t say

22. Bill lives with his parents.

A. Right B. Wrong C. doesn’t say.

23. Bill carried the geese in his plane.

A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t say.

24. This was Bill’s first visit to Virginia.

A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t say.

25. Bill wanted the geese to stay at his home for the winter.

A. Right B. Wrong C. doesn’t say.

26. Bill stayed in Virginia all winter.

A. Right B. Wrong C. doesn’t say.

27. The geese returned to Canada in the spring.

A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t say.


PART 5

QUESTIONS 28-35

Read the article about bicycles.

Choose the best word (A, B or C) for each space (28-35).

For questions 28- 35, mark A, B or C on the answer sheet.

28. A. Was B. is C. were

29. A. Must B. could C .may

30. A. When B. if C .that

31. A. Buy B. buys C. bought

32. A. Their B. his C. its

33. A. Fast B. faster C. fastest

34. A. Yet B. still C. already

35. A. They B. there C. here

PART 6

QUESTIONS 36-40

Read the descriptions (36-40) of some people in a family.

What is the word for each description?

The first letter is already there. There is one space for each other
letter in the word.
For questions 36-40, write the words in the answer sheet.

36. This is your mother’s brother. U __ __ __ __

37. She is your father’s mother. G __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

38. This is the person a man is married to. W __ __ __

39. This is your father’s sister. A __ __ __

40. If your child is a girl, she is this. D __ __ __ __ __ __ __

PART 7

QUESTIONS 41-5

Complete these letters.

Write ONE word for each space (41-50).

For questions 41-50, write your words on the answer sheet.

PART 8

QUESTIONS 51-55

Read the note from a student who wants a book from a library.

Fill in the information on the Reservation Form.

For questions 51- 55, write the information on the answer sheet.

PART 9

QUESTIONS 56-75
Your friend has asked you to go swimming tomorrow evening.
You can’t go.

Write a note to your friend.

Say:

-Why you can’t go

-When and where you can meet your friend on another day.

Write 45- 55 words.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________________________
EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5

E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOICE

RS= REPORTED SPEECH

1)los Gatos comen pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

2)los gatos están comiendo y disfrutando pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

3)los gatos iban a comer e iban a disfrutar pollo?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________
no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos comerán y disfrutaran pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

5)los gatos comerían y disfrutarían pollo?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

6)los gatos estarían comiendo y estarían disfrutando pollo

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________
no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7) los gatos han comido y disfrutado pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

8)los gatos tienen que comer y disfrutar pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

9) A/ days of the week_____________________________________

________________________________________________

B/ months of the year______________________________________


_______________________________________________________
_

10) ordinal numbers from 100° to


120°_____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5

E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOICE

RS= REPORTED SPEECH

1)los osos comen pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

2)los osos están comiendo y disfrutando pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

3)los osos iban a comer e iban a disfrutar pollo?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________
no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los osos comerán y disfrutaran pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

5)los osos comerían y disfrutarían pollo?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

6)los osos estarían comiendo y estarían disfrutando pollo

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________
no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7) los osos han comido y disfrutado pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

8)los osos tienen que comer y disfrutar pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

9) A/ days of the week____________________________________

________________________________________________

B/ months of the year______________________________________


_______________________________________________________
_

10) ordinal numbers from 100° to


120°_____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________
EVALUACION PROCESO 5

E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOICE

RS= REPORTED SPEECH

1)los gatos comen pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS__________________________________________

2)los gatos están comiendo y disfrutando pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS__________________________________________

3)los gatos van a comer e iban a disfrutar pollo?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________
no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS__________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos comerían y disfrutarían pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS__________________________________________

5)los gatos comerán y disfrutaran pollo?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS__________________________________________

6)los gatos estarían comiendo y estarían disfrutando pollo?


E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS__________________________________________

7) los gatos han comido y disfrutado pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS__________________________________________

8)los gatos tienen que comer y disfrutar pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS__________________________________________
9) A/ days of the week_____________________________

B/ months of the
year_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________

C/ ordinal numbers from 100° to 120°

_______________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

10) A/ OBJECT PRONOUNS______ _________ _________


__________ _________ ____________ ____________ __________
___________

B/ REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS

______ _________ _________ __________ _________


____________

____________ __________ ___________


EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5

NAME__________________________________________________
_

READ CARREFULLY AND THEN ANSWER THE QUESTIONS

WET ROADS

Not all serious driving problems are caused by accidents. One


lady will never forget the time she thought that she wasn’t going
to survive.

She was in her car late at night, stuck in a traffic jam when
suddenly the radio announced that the jam had been caused by
an accident further along the road. Outside the rain was as heavy
as she’d ever seen it. It was a terrible storm with thunder and
lightning.

After a while the water began to rise; first just a few centimeters
and then quickly up to the car door. The woman thought it
wouldn’t keep rising, but if she opened the car door the water
might start to come in. so, she sat in the traffic jam and waited.
There was still no movement. The water continued to rise and
there was nothing she could do.

She put the window down and looked out, immediately feeling
scared. The water was already half a meter deep. She wouldn’t be
able to open the door now even if she had wanted to do.
Gradually, the water reached the open window. She pressed the
button to put it up.

Nothing worked! The water was starting to flow into the car! The
terrified lady decided there was only one thing to do – get out!
She climbed onto the roof of the car, thinking ´What will happen if
nobody comes to rescue me? It wouldn’t have been such a
problem if I’d learnt to swim when I was young! ´

Then suddenly the rain stopped. Twenty minutes later the water
level started to go down. ´We’re going to be all right! ´ somebody
shouted from another car. Nobody was hurt although many cars
were damaged. It was an experience the woman would never
forget.

1. Why was the car not moving?_________________________

2. Why couldn’t she open her car door?__________________

________________________________________________________

3. When did she start to get scared?_____________________

________________________________________________________

4. What did she do to escape from the rising water?_________

_______________________________________________________

5. What happened to the cars and the people in the end?_____

________________________________________________________

PUT IN PASSIVE VOICE

6. Hundreds of football fans watch the European cup every year.

- The European cup______________________________________

*. The weather didn’t affect the film shoot.


- The film shoot_________________________________________

FILL THE BLANK WITH THE CORRECT ANSWER

7. If I work hard, I’ll (be able to / can) pass my exams.

*. By the time. I go to Rick’s house. He_________(finish) surfing


the net.

*. Jane looked terrified. She looked as if


she____________(just/see) a ghost.(verb tenses)

ADJECTIVE

8. In the summer Barcelona is cooler than Madrid.

- In the summer Madrid_________________________________

*. Madonna is richer than Janet Jackson.

- Janet Jackson isn’t ____________________________________

FROM/ IN/ ON / AT/

9. Daniel lives in the centre ___ Paris. He lives___the top floor of


an appartament not far___a park.

*. At the weekends, I love going for a walk (under/through) the


woods near my house.

*. He put the suitcase (under/down) to kiss his girlfriend goodbye.

*. If I (have/had) a ticket, I’d go to the concert.

*. (will/would) you let me use your computer if I’m careful with it?
10. If you were a politician, what would you do to get Villavicencio
better? 5 lines minimum

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________

11) Carlos enseña inglés? _____________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

12) Carlos estará enseñando inglés?_______________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

13) Carlos habría enseñado inglés?________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________
Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

14)Carlos enseñaría inglés?______________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

15) Francisco ha enseñado inglés?_________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________
EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5

NAME___________________________________________________

APPROVED________ NON APPROVED________

READ CARREFULLY AND THEN ANSWER THE QUESTIONS

WET ROADS

Not all serious driving problems are caused by accidents. One


lady will never forget the time she thought that she wasn’t going
to survive.

She was in her car late at night, stuck in a traffic jam when
suddenly the radio announced that the jam had been caused by
an accident further along the road. Outside the rain was as heavy
as she’d ever seen it. It was a terrible storm with thunder and
lightning.

After a while the water began to rise; first just a few centimeters
and then quickly up to the car door. The woman thought it
wouldn’t keep rising, but if she opened the car door the water
might start to come in. so, she sat in the traffic jam and waited.
There was still no movement. The water continued to rise and
there was nothing she could do.

She put the window down and looked out, immediately feeling
scared. The water was already half a meter deep. She wouldn’t be
able to open the door now even if she had wanted to do.
Gradually, the water reached the open window. She pressed the
button to put it up.
Nothing worked! The water was starting to flow into the car! The
terrified lady decided there was only one thing to do – get out!

She climbed onto the roof of the car, thinking ´What will happen if
nobody comes to rescue me? It wouldn’t have been such a
problem if I’d learnt to swim when I was young! ´

Then suddenly the rain stopped. Twenty minutes later the water
level started to go down. ´We’re going to be all right! ´ somebody
shouted from another car. Nobody was hurt although many cars
were damaged. It was an experience the woman would never
forget.

1. Why was the car not moving?


____________________________

________________________________________________________
_

2. Why couldn’t she open her car door?


________________________

________________________________________________________
__

3. When did she start to get scared?


_________________________

________________________________________________________
__

4. What did she do to escape from the rising water?


______________

________________________________________________________
__
5. What happened to the cars and the people in the end?
___________

________________________________________________________
__

PUT IN PASSIVE VOICE

6. Hundreds of football fans watch the European cup every year.

- The European cup______________________________________

*. The weather didn’t affect the film shoot.

- The film shoot_________________________________________

FILL THE BLANK WITH THE CORRECT ANSWER

7. If I work hard, I’ll (be able to / can) pass my exams.

*. By the time. I go to Rick’s house. He_________(finish) surfing


the net.

*. Jane looked terrified. She looked as if


she____________(just/see) a ghost.(verb tenses)

ADJECTIVE

8. In the summer Barcelona is cooler than Madrid.

- In the summer Madrid_________________________________

*. Madonna is richer than Janet Jackson.


- Janet Jackson isn’t ____________________________________

FROM/ IN/ ON / AT/

9. Daniel lives in the centre ___ Paris. He lives___the top floor of


an appartament not far___a park.

*. At the weekends, I love going for a walk (under/through) the


woods near my house.

*. He put the suitcase (under/down) to kiss his girlfriend goodbye.

*. If I (have/had) a ticket, I’d go to the concert.

*. (will/would) you let me use your computer if I’m careful with it?

10. If you were a politician, what would you do to get Villavicencio


better? 5 lines minimum

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________

11) Carlos enseña inglés? _____________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________
12) Carlos estará enseñando inglés?_______________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

13) Carlos habría enseñado inglés?________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

14)Carlos enseñaría inglés?______________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Rep.Speech________________________________________

15) Francisco ha enseñado inglés?_________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________
Pas. Voice____________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1) Te gustaría beber vino?


____________________________________ __________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

2) bebiste vino y agua?________________________


___________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______
REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

3) Tuviste que beber vino?_________________


_____________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

4) Estuviste bebiendo vino?___________________


___________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

5) Podrías beber vino?_____________


__________________________________?
YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

6) solías beber vino?_____________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

7) vas a beber vino ?________________


_________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

8) Estarás bebiendo vino?________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

9) el tiene que beber vino?___________


___________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

10) ellas lo han amado?_____________


___________________________________
YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

11) me amas?____________
___________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

12) me estabas amando?___________


_____________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

13) ella me amara?__________________


__________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________
pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

14) ellas me van a amar?____________


_________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

NAME__________________________________________________
____________________

APPROVED________ NON APPROVED________

(HAPPY HOLIDAYS) (RECOVERY NOV 11)

READ CARREFULLY AND THEN ANSWER THE QUESTIONS

WET ROADS

Not all serious driving problems are caused by accidents. One


lady will never forget the time she thought that she wasn’t going
to survive.

She was in her car late at night, stuck in a traffic jam when
suddenly the radio announced that the jam had been caused by
an accident further along the road. Outside the rain was as heavy
as she’d ever seen it. It was a terrible storm with thunder and
lightning.

After a while the water began to rise; first just a few centimeters
and then quickly up to the car door. The woman thought it
wouldn’t keep rising, but if she opened the car door the water
might start to come in. so, she sat in the traffic jam and waited.
There was still no movement. The water continued to rise and
there was nothing she could do.

She put the window down and looked out, immediately feeling
scared. The water was already half a meter deep. She wouldn’t be
able to open the door now even if she had wanted to do.
Gradually, the water reached the open window. She pressed the
button to put it up.

Nothing worked! The water was starting to flow into the car! The
terrified lady decided there was only one thing to do – get out!

She climbed onto the roof of the car, thinking ´What will happen if
nobody comes to rescue me? It wouldn’t have been such a
problem if I’d learnt to swim when I was young! ´

Then suddenly the rain stopped. Twenty minutes later the water
level started to go down. ´We’re going to be all right! ´ somebody
shouted from another car. Nobody was hurt although many cars
were damaged. It was an experience the woman would never
forget.

1. Why was the car not moving?


____________________________

________________________________________________________
_
2. Why couldn’t she open her car door?
________________________

________________________________________________________
__

3. When did she start to get scared?


_________________________

________________________________________________________
__

4. What did she do to escape from the rising water?


______________

________________________________________________________
__

5. What happened to the cars and the people in the end?


___________

________________________________________________________
__

PUT IN PASSIVE VOICE

6. Hundreds of football fans watch the European cup every year.

- The European cup______________________________________

*. The weather didn’t affect the film shoot.

- The film shoot_________________________________________

7. If I work hard, I’ll (be able to / can) pass my exams.


*. By the time. I go to Rick’s house. He_________(finish) surfing
the net.

*. Jane looked terrified. She looked as if


she____________(just/see) a ghost.(verb tenses)

8. In the summer Barcelona is cooler than Madrid.

- In the summer Madrid_________________________________

*. Madonna is richer than Janet Jackson.

- Janet Jackson isn’t ____________________________________

FROM/ IN/ ON / AT/

9. Daniel lives in the centre __ Paris. He lives__the top floor of an


appartament not far__a park.

*. At the weekends, I love going for a walk(under/through) the


woods near my house.

*. He put the suitcase (under/down) to kiss his girlfriend goodbye.

*. If I (have/had) a ticket, I’d go to the concert.

*. (will/would) you let me use your computer if I’m careful with it?

10. Positively speaking, what would you change at ENGLISH AND


FRENCH INSTITUTE to get better? 5 lines
minimum_______________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOICE

RS= REPORTED SPEECH

1)los gatos comen pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

2)los gatos estan comiendo y disfrutando pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________
3)los gatos iban a comer e iban a disfrutar pollo?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos comeran y disfrutaran pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

5)los gatos comerían y disfrutarían pollo?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS____________________________________________
6)los gatos estarían comiendo y estarían disfrutando pollo

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7) los gatos han comido y disfrutado pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

8)los gatos tienen que comer y disfrutar pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________
9) A/ days of the
week_____________________________________________

________________________________________________

B/ months of the
year_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________

10) ordinal numbers from 100° to


120°_____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

CARLOS

E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOICE

RS= REPORTED SPEECH


1)los osos comen pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

2)los osos estan comiendo y disfrutando pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

3)los osos iban a comer e iban a disfrutar pollo?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________
4)los osos comeran y disfrutaran pollo?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

5)los osos comerían y disfrutarían pollo?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

6)los osos estarían comiendo y estarían disfrutando pollo

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________
7) los osos han comido y disfrutado pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

8)los osos tienen que comer y disfrutar pollo?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

9) A/ days of the
week_____________________________________________

________________________________________________

B/ months of the
year_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________
10) ordinal numbers from 100° to
120°_____________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

1)sera que Jack tomó licores ?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estaba tomando licores?


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

3)sera que Jack toma licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

4)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

5) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?

_______________
_________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

6) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Jack suele tomar licores?


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

8) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

RS,_____________________________________________________
__?

9) Ordinal numbers from 100º to


110º___________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_________________________

10) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

d)months of the year


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___

11) Tuviste que caminar en la calle?


_______________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs_________________________________________

12) Pudiste caminar en la calle?


__________________________________________________?
YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs_________________________________________

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

REC. PROCESS FOR PRACTICE

NAME__________________________________________________

1) Te gustaría manejar taxi?


____________________________________ __________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

2) manejaste taxi y moto?________________________


___________________________?

YES_______________________________________
NO________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

3) Tuviste que manejar taxi?_________________


_____________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

4) Estuviste manejando taxi?___________________


___________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______
REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

5) Podrías manejar taxi?_____________


__________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

6) solías manejar taxi?_____________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

7) vas a manejar taxi ?________________


_________________________________?
YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

8) Estarás manejando taxi?________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

9) el tiene que manejar taxi?___________


___________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______
REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

10) ellas lo han querido?_____________


___________________________________

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

11) me quieres?____________
___________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

12) me estabas queriendo?___________


_____________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______
13) ella me querrá ?__________________
__________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

14) ellas me van a querer?____________


_________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME___________________________________________________
____________

1. Of the following, which is greater than ½ ?

A. 2/5

B. 4/7

C. 4/9

D. 5/11
E. 6/13

2. If an object travels at five feet per second, how many feet does
it travel in one hour?

A. 30

B. 300

C. 720

D. 1800

E. 18000

3. What is the average (arithmetic mean) of all the multiples of ten


from 10 to 190 inclusive?

A. 90

B. 95

C. 100

D. 105

E. 110
4. A cubical block of metal weighs 6 pounds. How much will
another cube of the same metal weigh if its sides are twice as
long?

A. 48

B. 32

C. 24

D. 18

E. 12

5. In a class of 78 students 41 are taking French, 22 are taking


German. Of the students taking French or German, 9 are taking
both courses. How many students are not enrolled in either
course?

A. 6

B. 15

C. 24

D. 33

E. 54

6)les gustaria o no les gustaria mirar tv?

__________________________________________
yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)mirarian o no mirarian tv?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

8)estarian o no estarian mirando tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

9)miraron o no miraron tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

10)habrá o no habrá mirado tv?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________
no____________________________________________

11)habrá o no habrá mirada de tv?

_____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

12)ella mira o no mira tv?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

13)ella estará o no estará mirando tv?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

14)ella ha o no ha mirado tv?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________
115)ella deberia o no deberia mirar tv?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

sweep swept swept...... barrer

16) Janeth no barre las 2 casas

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

17)Janeth no habia barrido las 2 casas

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________

18)Janeth no va a barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

19)Janeth no estaba barriendo las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________
20)Janeth no podria barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv_________________________________

21) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

22)the superlative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________
little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

23) The days of the week


are________________________________________________

_______________________________________

24)the months of the year


are______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-COLSABI

PROCESS EXAM (11°)

NAME___________________________________________________
____________

1. Of the following, which is greater than ½ ?

A. 2/5

B. 4/7

C. 4/9
D. 5/11

E. 6/13

2. If an object travels at five feet per second, how many feet does
it travel in one hour?

A. 30

B. 300

C. 720

D. 1800

E. 18000

3. What is the average (arithmetic mean) of all the multiples of ten


from 10 to 190 inclusive?

A. 90

B. 95

C. 100

D. 105

E. 110
4. A cubical block of metal weighs 6 pounds. How much will
another cube of the same metal weigh if its sides are twice as
long?

A. 48

B. 32

C. 24

D. 18

E. 12

5. In a class of 78 students 41 are taking French, 22 are taking


German. Of the students taking French or German, 9 are taking
both courses. How many students are not enrolled in either
course?

A. 6

B. 15

C. 24

D. 33

E. 54

6)les gustaria o no les gustaria mirar tv?

__________________________________________
yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)mirarian o no mirarian tv?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

8)estarian o no estarian mirando tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

9)miraron o no miraron tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

10)habrá o no habrá mirado tv?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________
no____________________________________________

11)habrá o no habrá mirada de tv?

_____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

12)ella mira o no mira tv?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

13)ella estará o no estará mirando tv?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

14)ella ha o no ha mirado tv?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________
115)ella deberia o no deberia mirar tv?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

sweep swept swept...... barrer

16) Janeth no barre las 2 casas

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

17)Janeth no habia barrido las 2 casas

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________

18)Janeth no va a barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

19)Janeth no estaba barriendo las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________
20)Janeth no podria barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv_________________________________

21) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

22)the superlative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________
little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

23) The days of the week


are________________________________________________

_______________________________________

24)the months of the year


are______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM (Mike’s Group) March 2015

NAME__________________________________________________
__________________________

SAN FRANCISCO 49ERS

The San Francisco 49ers is a professional football team that plays


in the National Football Conference (NFC) West Division. The
team was a founding member of the All-America Football
Conference (AAFC). It joined the NFL in 1950 when the leagues
merged and was one of the most successful football teams of the
1980s.

The San Francisco 49ers was named after gold prospectors who
flocked to California during the Gold Rush in 1849. The team is
currently the oldest professional sports team in California.
Despite its long history, it wasn’t until the late 1970s that the
history of the franchise became noteworthy. In 1978, team owner
Edward DeBartolo hired former Stanford University coach Bill
Walsh as head coach. Walsh would select Notre Dame
Quarterback Joe Montana in the third round of the 1979 draft.
While Montana enjoyed success at Notre Dame, he was
considered a marginal NFL prospect. Many considered him too
small and his arm strength too weak. Over the next three years,
Walsh strengthened the team’s offense and defense. By 1981, the
49ers achieved a record of 13-3 and defeated the Dallas Cowboys
in the famous 1981 NFC Championship 27-21, when Joe Montana
found wide receiver Dwight Clark in the back of the end zone in
what came to be known as “the Catch” with 51 seconds left in the
game resulting in the team’s first Super Bowl Appearance. In
Super Bowl XVI, The San Francisco 49ers would defeat the
Cincinnati Bengals 26-21 for the team’s first championship. In
1984, the 49ers would achieve a 15-1 record, and would defeat the
Miami Dolphins in Super Bowl XIX, 38-16.

In 1985, the team added another cog to its NFL dynasty when it
drafted Jerry Rice, a wide receiver from Mississippi Valley State in
the second round of the NFL draft. Rice would become a 13-time
NFL Pro-Bowler, and would set the NFL record for career
receptions, touchdowns and receiving yards. In 1989, the 49ers
would win their third Super Bowl under the command of Joe
Montana with a 20-16 victory over the Cincinnati Bengals. Jerry
Rice was named Super Bowl MVP. The victory would be the last
NFL game coached by Bill Walsh. He would be replaced by
George Seifert. In Seifert’s first year, the 49ers would win their
fourth Super Bowl of the decade, defeating the Denver Broncos
55-10 in Super Bowl XXIV, the most lopsided Super Bowl in
history. Quarterback Joe Montana was named the 1989 NFL MVP,
and won his third Super Bowl MVP. The 49ers would become the
only team to win two consecutive Super Bowls under different
coaches. In 1994, the 49ers would win their fifth Super Bowl,
defeating the San Diego Chargers 49-26 in Super Bowl XXIX.
Steve Young, who replaced Joe Montana as quarterback after the
1992 season, was named MVP after throwing six touchdown
passes.

Since the glory years of the 1980s and early 1990s, the San
Francisco 49ers has struggled. In 2011, however, the team hired
former NFL quarterback Jim Harbaugh as head coach. Harbaugh,
star quarterback Colin Kaepernick, and a stingy defense led by
Patrick Willis, led the team to its sixth Super Bowl appearance in
2013, falling to the Baltimore Ravens, coached by Jim Harbaugh’s
brother, John Harbaugh, 34-31, in Super Bowl XLVII.

1. The San Francisco 49ers were named after .....

A. a historical event

B. a war

C. a place

D. a person

2. What question is answered in the first paragraph?

A. When did the 49ers join the NFL?

B. What was the team named after?


C. When did the 49ers reach their first Super Bowl?

D. When was Joe Montana drafted?

3. There are _______ professional sports teams older than the


San Francisco 49ers in California?

A. no

B. two

C. three

D. the passage doesn't say

4. What sentence would support the notion that Joe Montana's


critics were wrong?

A. Over the next three years, Walsh strengthened the team’s


offense and defense.

B. Many considered him too small and his arm strength too
weak.

C. Steve Young, who replaced Joe Montana as quarterback


after the 1992 season, was named MVP after throwing six
touchdown passes.

D. Quarterback Joe Montana was named the 1989 NFL MVP,


and won his third Super Bowl MVP.

5. Which of the following players besides Joe Montana played


quarterback for the 49ers?

A. Steve Young
B. Jerry Rice

C. Bill Walsh

D. George Seifert

6. What does the word "cog" mean in the following sentence?

“In 1985, the team added another cog to its NFL dynasty when it
drafted Jerry Rice, a wide receiver from Mississippi Valley State in
the second round of the NFL draft”.

A. championship

B. coach

C. game

D. part

7. What team did the 49ers defeat twice in two different Super
Bowls?

A. Washington

B. Cincinnati

C. Denver

D. San Diego

8. How many Super Bowls have the 49ers participated in?

A. 3

B. 5
C. 6

D. 4

9. What might be considered "ironic" about the 49ers most


recent Super Bowl appearance?

A. Jim Harbaugh coached against this brother.

B. The 49ers lost to the Baltimore Ravens.

C. The Baltimore Ravens won by only three points.

D. The 49ers were led by Colin Kaepernick.

10. When did Jim Harbaugh become coach of the 49ers?

A. After the 49ers sixth Super Bowl appearance.

B. When Steve Young was quarterback of the 49ers.

C. 2001

D. Recently

TEACH TAUGHT TAUGHT ENSEÑAR

11)Carlos enseña inglés?


_______________________________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________
PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

12) Carlos estará enseñando inglés?___________


____________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

13) Carlos y yo estamos enseñando inglés?___


____________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________
REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

14)Carlos enseñara inglés?______________


________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

15) Adrian y yo estábamos enseñando inglés?


__________________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

FINAL ENGLISH EXAM (nov.4)

NAME__________________________________________________

Drink drank drunk =beber, tomar / alcohol = licores

1)sera que Jack tomó licores ?


________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estara tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

3)sera que Jack toma licores?


________________________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

4)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

5) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

6) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Jack suele tomar licores?


_______________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

8) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

9) 12) Jack tomaría licores?


___________________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

10) a Jack le gustaría tomar licores?


____________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

11) Jack tomara licores?


___________________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

13) habrá licores?


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

14) tu tomaste licores?


____________________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

15) a- Ordinal numbers from 100º to


110º___________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-DON BOSCO 11° FINAL EXAM

NAME___________________________________________________
____

Tell me about yourself.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Why should I hire you?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your strengths and weaknesses?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Why do you want to work at our company?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What is the difference between confidence and over confidence?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What is the difference between hard work and smart work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How do you feel about working nights and weekends?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Can you work under pressure?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Are you willing to relocate or travel?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your goals?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What motivates you to do good job?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What makes you angry?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Give me an example of your creativity.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How long would you expect to work for us if hired?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Are not you overqualified for this position?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Describe your ideal company, location and job.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your career options right now?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Explain how would be an asset to this organization?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your outside interests?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Would you lie for the company?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Who has inspired you in your life and why?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What was the toughest decision you ever had to make?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Have you considered starting your own business?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How do you define success and how do you measure up to your


own definition?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

If you won $10 million lottery, would you still work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Tell me something about our company.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How much salary do you expect?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Where do you see yourself five years from now?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

On a scale of one to ten, rate me as an interviewer.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

Do you have any questions for me?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Mike tuvo que escribir una carta?


__________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

2) cierto que Mike no estaba escribiendo una carta?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

3) Mike escribe una carta?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__
4) cierto que Mike no va a escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

5) Mike ha escrito o no ha escrito una carta?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

6) Mike escribiría una carta si él estuviera?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
7) Mike tiene que escribir una carta?

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

8) Mike solía escribir o no escribir una carta ¿

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

9)Mike estaría escribiendo una carta o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

10) Mike y yo escribiríamos una carta?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

11) Mike iba a escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________
REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

12) Mike tuvo que escribir una carta o no?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

13) a Mike le gustaría escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

14) Mike habrá estado escribiendo una carta o no?

________________________________________________________
__?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

15) Habrá cartas en la casa?________


___________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE- DON BOSCO 11°

NAME____________________________________

“ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS”

Directions: Read the story. Then answer the questions below.

Leonard James is a homeless man. For him, life is always hard.


He is always hungry. His shoes have holes in them. He needs a
haircut. His clothes are old and dirty.

“What I would do with one hundred dollars!” Leonard says. This


is a game he likes to play with himself to take his mind off things.
He is walking down the street on a Thursday night. The winter air
is cold on his face.
“If I had one hundred dollars, I could buy new socks,” he says. He
continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could get a haircut,” he says. He


continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could buy new pants,” he says. He
continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could get a hamburger,” he says.


His stomach rumbles at the thought.

“If I had….” Leonard looks down at the sidewalk. He cannot


believe what he sees! Someone has lost his wallet. Leonard picks
it up. Inside are five twenty-dollar bills. “One hundred dollars!”
Leonard says. He is very excited. “Now I can buy everything I
want!” Then Leonard begins to think. “But this is not my money,”
he says. Leonard goes to the police station. He gives a police
officer the wallet and money.

“Thank you,” says the police officer. “You are a very honest
man.”Leonard smiles. He turns around and begins to leave the
police station. “Hold on,” the police officer says. He reaches in his
own pocket and gives Leonard ten dollars. “Get yourself
something to eat.”

1) What is life like for Leonard?

A. It is hard.

B. It is easy.

C. It is warm.

D. It is full of good food.


2) How does the reader know that Leonard is poor?

I. He finds a wallet.

II. He has no home.

III. He is always hungry.

A. I only

B. I and II

C. II and III

D. I, II, and III

3) Why does Leonard think about what he would do with a


hundred dollars?

A. It helps him go to sleep.

B. It takes his mind off things.

C. The police officer asks him to.

D. He knows he will find the money.

4) What time of year is it?

A. spring
B. summer

C. fall

D. winter

5) What does Leonard say he would do with a hundred dollars?

I. get a haircut

II. buy new clothes

III. get a hotel room

A. I only

B. I and II

C. II and III

D. I, II, and III

6) Why does Leonard's stomach rumble?

A. because he is hungry

B. because he is tired

C. because his clothes are dirty

D. because he is homeless

7) “He cannot believe what he sees. ”What is another way to write


this sentence?

A. He thinks what he sees is crazy.


B. He feels what he sees is good luck.

C. He thinks what he sees cannot be true.

D. He thinks what he sees is scary.

8) Why does Leonard go to the police station?

A. because he owes money

B. because he wants a reward

C. because the wallet is not his

D. because he has committed a crime

9) What kind of man does Leonard seem to be?

A. bad

B. dumb

C. good

D. old

10) As used at the end of the story, what does it mean to be


honest?

A. to feel good

B. to want more

C. to be truthful

D. to be hopeful
11) How does Leonard seem to feel about what he has done?

A. angry

B. happy

C. sad

D. unsure

12) What does the police officer give Leonard?

A. advice

B. a handshake

C. money to eat

D. the one hundred dollars

13) What kind of man does the police officer seem to be?

A. angry

B. busy

C. kind

D. mean

14) Why does the police officer give Leonard ten dollars?

A. to surprise Leonard

B. so Leonard feels better about returning the wallet


C. because it is part of his job

D. because he wants to get Leonard off the streets

15) If you found one hundred dollars, would you keep it? Why or
why not?

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Mike tuvo que escribir una carta?

__________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________
No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

2) cierto que Mike no estaba escribiendo una carta?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

3) Mike escribe una carta?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

4) cierto que Mike no va a escribir una carta?


________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

5) Mike ha escrito o no ha escrito una carta?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

6) Mike escribiría una carta si él estuviera?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

7) Mike tiene que escribir una carta?


______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

8) Mike solía escribir o no escribir una carta ¿

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

9)Mike estaría escribiendo una carta o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

10) Mike y yo escribiríamos una carta?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

11) Mike iba a escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

12) Mike tuvo que escribir una carta o no?


_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

13) a Mike le gustaría escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

14) Mike habrá estado escribiendo una carta o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

15) Habrá cartas en la casa?________


___________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1)sera que Jack tomó licores ?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estaba tomando licores?


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

3)sera que Jack toma licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

4)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

5) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

6) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Jack suele tomar licores?


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

8) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

9) Ordinal numbers from 100º to


110º___________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_________________________
10) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________
_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

d)months of the year


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1)sera que Jack tomó licores ?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________
Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estaba tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

3)sera que Jack toma licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________
4)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

5) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

6) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Jack suele tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

8) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?
9) Ordinal numbers from 100º to
110º___________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_________________________

10) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

d)months of the year


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE- DON BOSCO ( 11°)

NAME___________________________________________________
___
SUMMER RAIN

The worst days of any summer are the rainy ones. We spend all
year looking forward to nice weather and long, hot days. All of
winter, with its dreary gray days and bitter cold, we dream of
those endless days at the beach, laying on the sand and soaking
in the bright and burning sun. And then, summer comes, and it
rains.

As a child, I would wake up to rainy summer days and come close


to crying. It wasn’t fair. We suffered through months of school
and miserable weather for those scant ten weeks of freedom and
balmy weather. Any day that I could not spend at the beach or
playing ball with my friends seemed like a punishment for
something I didn’t even do.

On those rainy summer days, I had nothing fun to do and could


only sit inside, staring out at the rain like a Dickensian orphan. I
was an only child, so there was no one else to play with. My father
worked from home, so I was not truly alone, but he could not
actively play with me since he was technically at work. It was
those days that I would resign myself to whatever was on
television or any books that I could find lying around. I’d crawl
through the day and pray each night that the rain would not be
there the next day.

As an adult, though, my opinion of summer rain has changed.


When you have to work every day, summer is not as eagerly
anticipated. Mostly, the days run together, bleeding into each
other so that they no longer seem like separate entities and
instead feel like continuations of the same long day. Everything
seems monotonous and dull, and an ennui or listlessness kicks
in. Such a mindset makes you cheer for anything new or different.
I spend the winter dreaming of summer and the summer dreaming
of winter. When summer comes, I complain about how hot it is.
And then I look forward to the rain, because the rain brings with it
a cold front, which offers a reprieve—admittedly one that is all too
short—from the torture of 100° and humid days. Rainy days are
still the worst days of the summer, but summer rain today means
positively beautiful—and considerably cooler—weather tomorrow.

1) The passage makes use of language that is

A. metaphorical

B. rhetorical

C. formal

D. ambiguous

2) According to the passage, summer is different for adults


because

A. rain brings with it cold temperatures for the following days

B. the weather is much warmer than it is for children

C. they do not get a long time off from work for the season

D. they better know how to occupy their downtime

3) According to the passage, which of the following is a true


statement about the narrator as a child?

A. He or she was often bored on summer days.

B. He or she preferred cooler weather.

C. He or she liked staying indoors.

D. He or she had no siblings.


READTHEORY Questions

4) Compared to how he or she was as a child, the narrator as an


adult is

A. more realistic

B. less excitable

C. more idealistic

D. less calm

5) As used in the final paragraph, the word reprieve most nearly


means

A. a permanent conclusion

B. a short continuation

C. a higher level of pain

D. a temporary break

6) The author of this passage describes his or her feelings about


rainy summer days. In general, how do you feel about such days?
Do you agree with the author’s opinions, or do you not mind this
type of weather? Briefly explain your views below.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

7) In paragraph 4, the author describes why he or she no longer


looks forward to summertime the way he or she used to do as a
child. What do you think of this change? Do you believe that you
will come to feel this way one day? Why or why not?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

8) The author writes in paragraph 4 that he or she “spends the


winter dreaming of summer and the summer dreaming of winter.”
On the other hand, many people would say that they have specific
favorite seasons or times of year. How do you feel? Do you have a
favorite season, or do you always look forward to whatever is to
come? Why?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

9)si o no que Jack prendería las luces de la casa si el estuviera?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
__________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

10) Cierto que Jack tiene que apagar las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

11)será que Jack solía prender y apagar las luces de la casa ¿


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,________________________
_________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

12)Jack, estarás prendiendo y apagando las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_______________________________________________

No,_______________________________________________

Pv,_________ ____________________________________?

Rs,________________________________________________

13)Jack, no apague las luces de la casa, por favor

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Andrea tuvo que contar historias?


__________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

2) Andrea cuenta historias?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

3) cierto que Andrea no va a contar historias?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________
4) Andrea ha contado o no ha contado historias?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

5) Andrea contaría historias si él estuviera?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

6) Andrea tiene que contar historias?

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________
Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

7) Andrea solía contar o no contar historias ¿

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

8)Andrea estaría contando historias o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

9) Andrea y yo contaríamos historias?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

10) Andrea iba a contar historias?


________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

P V
________________________________________________________
____

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

PIRANHA

The piranha is a much-maligned fish. Most people think that this


is a deadly creature that swarms through rivers and creeks of the
Amazon rainforest looking for victims to tear apart. And woe
betides anyone unlucky enough to be in the same water as a
shoal of piranhas. It takes only a few minutes for the vicious
piranhas to reduce someone to a mere skeleton.

The truth is that the piranha is really a much more nuanced animal
than the mindless killer depicted in the media. In fact, piranhas
are a group made up of approximately twelve different species.
Each piranha species occupies its own ecological niche. One type
of piranha takes chunks out of the fins of other fish. Another type
eats fruit falling from trees into the river. Each piranha species
plays a unique role in the ecology of the rainforest floodplains. So
what should you do next time you hear someone talking about the
“deadly piranha”? You can remind them that the piranha is not
always the notorious killer fish that the tough, muscular heroes of
popular nature television shows would have us believe.

Questions

11) The primary purpose of the author is to

A. correct misconceptions about the piranha

B. illustrate the importance of piranhas in rainforest ecology

C. describe two different species of piranhas

D. instruct the reader on what to say if someone describes the


piranha as “deadly”

12)In paraph 1, the author most likely uses the old-fashioned


expression “woe betide” to

A. highlights the danger posed by piranhas

B. suggest that the reputation of the piranha is well-deserved

C. emphasize the sarcastic tone

D. indicate that the passage was written in the 19th century

13) In paragraph 1, the author uses hyperbole—characterized by


the use of exaggeration for effect—to describe the piranha. The
author most likely uses hyperbole to

A. frame an argument that is supported in a later paragraph

B. create ambiguity so the reader cannot be sure which position


the writer supports
C. juxtapose the myth of the piranha with the truth about the fish

D. evoke vivid images of nature television shows in the reader’s


mind

14) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for


unique?

A. irreplaceable

B. important

C. individual

D. unusual

15) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best synonym for


notorious?

A. celebrated

B. disreputable

C. notable

D. renowned

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Mike tuvo que escribir cartas?

__________________________________________________?
Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

2) cierto que Mike no esta escribiendo cartas?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

3) Mike escribe cartas?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

4) cierto que Mike no va a escribir cartas?


________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

5) Mike ha escrito o no ha escrito cartas?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

6) Mike podría escribir cartas?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

7) Mike tiene que escribir cartas?


______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

8) Mike solía escribir o no escribir cartas ¿

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

9)Mike estaría escribiendo cartas o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

10) Mike y yo escribiríamos cartas?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

11) Mike iba a escribir cartas?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

12) Mike tendra que escribir cartas o no?


_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

13) a Mike le gustaría escribir cartas?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

14) Mike habrá estado escribiendo cartas o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

15) Habrá cartas en la casa?________


___________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE - 11° DON BOSCO- CARLOS

NAME__________________________________________________

JULIE’S RACE

BY WANDA HANN

The dogsled race was about to begin. Julie’s team of dogs was
lined up at the starting gate. Julie stood behind them. The air was
so cold that she could see her breath. Other teams were lined up,
too, and the dogs were excited. Julie kept her eyes on the clock.
At exactly ten o’clock, she and the other racers yelled, "Mush!"
The dogs knew that meant "Go!" They leapt forward and the race
began!

Julie had trained months for this race, and she hoped she and her
dogs would win. Hour after hour, day after day, Julie’s dogs
pulled the sled in order to get in shape for the race.

Now, they ran over snowy hills and down into frozen valleys. They
stopped only to rest and eat. They wanted to stay ahead of the
other teams. The racers had to go a thousand miles across
Alaska. Alaska is one of the coldest places on Earth. The dogs’
thick fur coats helped keep them warm in the cold wind and
weather. In many places along the route, the snow was deep.
Pieces of ice were as sharp as a knife. The ice could cut the dogs’
feet. To keep that from happening, Julie had put special booties
on their feet.

At first, the dogs seemed to pull the sled very slowly. They were
still getting used to the race. But on the third day out, they began
to pull more quickly. They worked as a team and passed many of
the other racers. Once, one of the sled’s runners slid into a hole
and broke. Julie could have given up then, but she didn't. She
fixed it and they kept going.

When they finally reached the finish line, they found out that they
had come in first place! It was a great day for Julie and her dogs.

1) The author of "Julie’s Race" wrote the story in order to

___ describe how dogs stay warm in cold weather.

___ tell about a dogsled race.

___ explain how cold it can be in winter.

___ entertain the reader with funny stories about dogs.

2) Where does the dogsled race take place?

___in Antarctica

___on a track

___in Alaska

___in a field
3) What happened BEFORE the dogs began running?

___The dogs pulled the sled slowly.

___Julie and the dogs lined up at the starting gate.

___The runner on Julie’s sled broke.

___The dogs pulled the sled over hills and into valleys.

4) Read this sentence from the story.

Julie’s team of dogs was lined up at the starting gate.

What does “team” mean?

___friends and family

___to join together

___many dogs

___a group working together

5) Why did Julie and her dogs win the race?


_____________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

Use the story to explain your answer.


6) Why don’t the dogs freeze in the cold weather?

___Julie puts special booties on their feet.

___They sleep by the fire at night.

___Their thick fur coats keep them warm.

___It doesn’t get very cold in Alaska.

7) Read this sentence from the story.

The dogs’ thick fur coats helped keep them warm in the cold wind
and weather.

What does “thick” mean?

___thin

___hard

___fat

___skinny

8) What kind of person is Julie?

Use the story to help explain your


answer._________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________
GRAMMAR STRUCTURES

9) tu tendrías que caminar en la calle?


___________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs________________________________________

10) El tiene que caminar en la calle?


___________________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

rs________________________________________

11) ellas debieron haber caminado en la calle?________


____________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

12)reflexive pronouns
________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

13)Possessive pronouns
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

14)Object
pronouns________________________________________________
_________

________________________________________________________
______________

15) Ustedes habrían caminado en la calle?

________________________________________________________
___________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

APROBADO = 11 PUNTOS O MAS

NO APROBADO = 10 PUNTOS O MENOS

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME_____________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

THE GARDEN THAT MOVED HOUSE !

Read the text and answer the questions.


• Artist Verena Devoy loves gardening. It is her passion. Until
three days ago she lived in a lovely little thatched cottage in a
village near Cambridge. She spent ten years and thousands of
pounds to make her garden there beautiful. She had flowers and
plants for every season of the year.

• In autumn, big orange chrysanthemums grew next to the gold of


the trees and bushes. In winter, little snowdrops grew in the grass
and under the trees. In spring there were bright yellow daffodils
all over her front lawn and tulips and primroses next to the path.
And summer! Summer was the prettiest season of all! She bought
hundreds of roses to fill every part of the garden: she bought
climbing roses to put round the windows and doors, pink roses
for the front garden, and red and white roses for the back. A lot of
people came to the village especially to see Verena’s garden. It
was more beautiful than the park.

• Then last summer she decided that she would like to move to a
bigger house. It was easy to sell her beautiful cottage. Mr and Mrs
Grey from London came to see it.

• ‘We fell in love with it immediately, especially the garden –we


couldn’t believe the colours of the roses. We wanted to move from
London because we didn’t have a garden there.

• Of course Mr and Mrs Grey bought the cottage and at the end of
the summer they moved from London. They arrived at the cottage.
‘There was no garden! There was a brown field with some stones
and rocks. There weren’t any flowers or trees and there wasn’t
any grass! It looked terrible! We couldn’t believe our eyes!’

• But it was true! Verena Devoy loved the garden so much that she
took it with her when she left. Five large lorries carried all the
flowers, trees, and plants to her new house five miles away. It cost
£1,000! She says:

• ‘I’ve got a much bigger garden now and I’m going to make it
even more beautiful than my first garden. I’m going to plant all the
flowers and trees again and this time I’m going to have a pond
with some goldfish.’

• And Mr and Mrs Grey? What do they say? ‘She can’t do this! We
bought the garden with the house! We’re going to see our
solicitor!’

a) What is Verena’s job? What is her hobby?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

b) Why did she spend thousands of pounds?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

c) Which was the most colourful season in her garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

d) Why did Verena want to move?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________
e) Did Mr and Mrs Grey like the cottage when they first saw it?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

f) Why were they shocked when they arrived at the cottage?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

g) How much did Verena pay to move her garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

h) What are her plans for her new garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

i) What are Mr and Mrs Grey going to do?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

LANGUAGE WORK: HERE ARE SOME ANSWERS. COMPLETE


THE QUESTIONS.

a) How much did she spend to make her garden beautiful?


Thousands of pounds?

b) Which was ?

Summer. Because of all the roses.

c) Why ?
_________________________________________________?

To see Verena’s garden.

d) Was ?
_________________________________________________?

Yes, it was. Very easy.

e) Why ?
_________________________________________________?

Because they wanted to have a garden.

f) When ?
_________________________________________________?

At the end of the summer.

g) Has Verena
_________________________________________________now?

Yes, she has. It’s much bigger.

h) Who ?
_________________________________________________?

Their solicitor.
QUESTIONS:

b) Which was the prettiest season?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

c) Why did a lot of people come to the village?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

d) Was the cottage easy to sell?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

e) Why did the Greys want to move from London?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

f) When did they move?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

g) Has Verena got a bigger house now?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

h) Who are the Greys going to see?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5 (Nick’s group 7-9 am)

Turn On Turned On Turned On =prender the light

NAME__________________________________________________

1) será que Jack prendió la luz ?______


__________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

2) cierto que Jack no estaba prendiendo la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________
Rep. Speech__________________________________________

3) será que Jack prende la luz?


____________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

4) Jack Y tu prendieron la luz o no?


_________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

5) Jack prendía o no prendia la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

6) será que Jack no prendera la luz?

________________________________________________________
?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

7) Jack, prendiste la luz o no?


_____________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

8) cierta que Jack no estará prendiendo la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

9) Jack y tu prenderán o no prenderán la luz ?


__________________________

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________
Rep. Speech__________________________________________

10) si o no que Jack y yo no estábamos prendiendo la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

11) será que Jack y John prenden la luz?


______________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

12) cierto que Jack y John no prenderán la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

13) Jack y yo prendemos o no prendemos la luz?

,________________________________________________
yes_________________________________________________

no___________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________
____

1)les gustaria o no les gustaria mirar tv?

________________________________________________________
____

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

2)mirarian o no mirarian tv?


____________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

3)estarian o no estarian mirando tv?


__________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________
4)miraron o no miraron tv?
________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

5)habra o no habra mirado tv?


______________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no____________________________________________

6)habia o no habia estado mirando tv?

________________________________________________________
__

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)ella mira o no mira tv?


_______________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

8)ella estara o no estara mirando tv?


_______________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________
9)ella ha o no ha mirado tv?
_____________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

10)ella deberia o no deberia mirar tv?


_______________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

sweep swept swept...... barrer

11) Janeth no barre las 2 casas

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

12)Janeth no habia barrido las 2 casas

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________

13)Janeth no va a barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________
14)Janeth no estaba barriendo las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

15)Janeth no podria barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv_______________________________

16) The days of the week are

________________________________________________________
_______________

________________________________________________________
_______________

17)the months of the year


are_____________________________________

________________________________________________________
____

________________________________________________________
____

18)the numbers from 199 to 210


are__________________________________________

________________________________________________________
______________
________________________________________________________
______________

________________________________________________________
______________

19) the comparative of

good ____________
big___________bad_____________beautiful____________

little______________old______________much____________far___
___________

20)the superlative of

good ___________
big________bad_____________beautiful_______________

little_________old_______________much______________far_____
__________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-DON BOSCO 11°- PEDRO

NAME__________________________________________________

“HALLOWEEN, MORE THAN AN AMERICAN TRADITION”

Halloween, a Celtic Irish tradition and one of the world's oldest


holidays, is still celebrated today in many countries. All Souls’
Day, a festivity two days after Halloween, is the most important
part of the celebration for many people in Mexico, Latin America
and Spain. In Ireland and Canada, where Halloween was once a
frightening and superstitious time of year, the festivity is now
celebrated as in the United States, with trick-or-treating, costume
parties, and fun for all ages. Although most people believe it is an
American holiday, the custom was brought to America in the
1840's by Irish immigrants escaping their country's potato famine.

The word “Halloween" comes from a contraction of “All Hallows


Eve”. The expression referred to the eve of "All Hallows Day" (or
"All Saints Day"), the Catholic festivity celebrated on November
1st.

Different practices and symbols are associated to Halloween. The


custom of trick-or-treat is believed to have originated not with the
Irish Celts, but with a ninth-century European tradition called
souling, in which early Christians walked from village to village
asking for "soul cakes" or square pieces of bread with currants.
The more soul cakes the beggars received, the more prayers they
promised to say for the dead relatives of the donors.

The carved pumpkin, also called Jack-o-lantern, is perhaps the


most famous icon of the holiday. This custom probably comes
from Irish folklore. The Irish used turnips originally. But when the
immigrants came to America, they found that pumpkins were far
more abundant than turnips, and so the Jack-o-lantern became an
emptied pumpkin in America.

ANSWER QUESTIONS 1-3 ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION


GIVEN IN THE TEXT. USE YOUR OWN WORDS.

1. How is Halloween celebrated nowadays in Ireland? Explain.


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__

2. Why is Halloween not an American tradition?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__

3. Justify the reason why Halloween is a word with a Catholic


origin.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__

Are These Statements True Or False? Justify Your Answers With


The Precise Words Or Phrases From The Text, Or Use Your Own
Words.

4. It seems that the trick-or-treating tradition doesn’t come


from the Celts.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__
5. In the old days, Irish Jack-o-lanterns were emptied turnips.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__

USE OF ENGLISH

6. Find in the text one synonym for “entertainment” (noun).


______________

7. Find in the text one word / expression meaning “lack of food


for an extended period of time”.___________________

8. Which word does not have the same meaning? terrified /


scared / worried / frightened.

9. Fill in the gap with the correct option. “The more you drive
the ….. driver you will become”. (good / better / best)
10. Turn the following sentence into the active voice. “The
custom of Halloween was brought to America in the 1840's by
Irish immigrants.”
________________________________________________________
___________________________________

11. Give a question for the underlined words. “The Jack-o-


Lantern custom probably comes from Irish folklore”.
__________________________

________________________________________________________

PRODUCTION

12– 15 Write a composition of approximately 120 words about the


proposed topic and focus strictly on it:

What is your favorite celebration of the year? Why?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE - COLSABI

3rd PERIOD - 11th GRADE

NAME___________________________________________________
___

CHOOSE THE BEST OPTION WITH AN X

1 - "If you think it's not a problem,____"

I'll take the rest of the week off

I'll be very surprised

We'll make a lot of money

I'll buy you some champagne

2 - "Can you swim?"

No, every time I try I sink like a stone


Of course. Windsurfers do it standing up, you know

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Only in the shower and then not very well

3 - "Can you ski?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Only in the shower and then not very well

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

The only time I tried I broke my leg

4 - "Can you cook?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Not very well, only things out of cans

Only in the shower and then not very well

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

5 - "Can you ride a bike?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am


Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

Only in the shower and then not very well

Of course. Windsurfers do it standing up, you know

6 - "Can you windsurf?"

Only in the shower and then not very well

Not very well, only things out of cans

Of course. Windsurfers do it standing up, you know

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

7 - "Can you sing?"

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

Only in the shower and then not very well

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

No, he's really unclear

8 - "Can you speak French?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself


Oui

No, he's really unclear

9 - "Can you play tennis?"

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

No, he's really unclear

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

10 - "Can you dive?"

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

No, he's really unclear

Not very well, only things out of cans

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

11 - "Can you understand what he wants?"

No, he's really unclear

Not very well, only things out of cans

The only time I tried I broke my leg

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

12 - "You wanted that,_______________?"


Didn't you

Would you

Wouldn't you

Do you

13 - "He saw that,_______________?"

Didn't he

Is he

Won't he

Doesn't he

14 - "You know that's right,________________?"

Wouldn't you

Would you

Didn't you

Don't you

15 - "He wil be coming,___________________?"

Did he

Won't he

Is he
Doesn't he

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-DON BOSCO 11°

3 pts ( NICK’S GROUP 2-4 PM)

NAME__________________________________________________

The extract is taken from a book written sixty years ago by a


British scientist in which he considers the relationship between
science and society.

The pioneers of the teaching of science imagined that its


introduction into education would remove the conventionality,
artificiality, and backward-lookingness which were characteristic;

of classical studies, but they were gravely disappointed. So, too,


in

5 their time had the humanists thought that the study of the
classical authors in the original would banish at once the dull
pedantry and superstition of mediaeval scholasticism. The
professional schoolmaster was a match for both of them, and has
almost managed to make the understanding of chemical reactions
as dull

10 and as dogmatic an affair as the reading of Virgil's Aeneid. The


chief claim for the use of science in education is that it teaches a
child something about the actual universe in which he is living, in
making him acquainted with the results of scientific

15 discovery, and at the same time teaches him how to think


logically and inductively by studying scientific method. A certain
limited success has been reached in the first of these aims, but
practically none at all in the second. Those privileged members of
the community who have been through a secondary or public
school

20 education may be expected to know something about the


elementary physics and chemistry of a hundred years ago, but
they probably know hardly more than any bright boy can pick up
from an interest in wireless or scientific hobbies out of school
hours.

As to the learning of scientific method, the whole thing is


palpably

25 a farce. Actually, for the convenience of teachers and the


requirements of the examination system, it is necessary that the
pupils not only do not learn scientific method but learn precisely
the reverse, that is, to believe exactly what they are told and to

reproduce it when asked, whether it seems nonsense to them or

30 not. The way in which educated people respond to such


quackeries as spiritualism or astrology, not to say more
dangerous ones such as racial theories or currency myths, shows
that fifty years of education in the method of science in Britain or
Germany has produced no visible effect whatever. The only way
of learning

35 the method of science is the long and bitter way of personal


experience, and, until the educational or social systems are
altered to make this possible, the best we can expect is the
production of a minority of people who are able to acquire some
of the techniques

of science and a still smaller minority who are able to use and

40 develop them.
Adapted from: The Social Function of Science, John D Bernal
(1939)

1. The author implies that the 'professional schoolmaster' (line 7)


has

A. no interest in teaching science

B. thwarted attempts to enliven education

C. aided true learning

D. supported the humanists

E. been a pioneer in both science and humanities.

2. The author’s attitude to secondary and public school education


in the sciences is

A. ambivalent

B. neutral

C. supportive

D. satirical

E. contemptuous
3. The word ‘palpably’ (line 24) most nearly means

A. empirically

B. obviously

C. tentatively

D. markedly

E. ridiculously

4. The author blames all of the following for the failure to impart
scientific method through the education system except

A. poor teaching

B. examination methods

C. lack of direct experience

D. the social and education systems

E. lack of interest on the part of students

5. If the author were to study current education in science to see


how things have changed since he wrote the piece, he would
probably be most interested in the answer to which of the
following questions?

A. Do students know more about the world about them?


B. Do students spend more time in laboratories?

C. Can students apply their knowledge logically?

D. Have textbooks improved?

E. Do they respect their teachers?

6. Astrology (line 31) is mentioned as an example of

A. a science that needs to be better understood

B. a belief which no educated people hold

C. something unsupportable to those who have absorbed the


methods of science

D. the gravest danger to society

E. an acknowledged failure of science

7. All of the following can be inferred from the text except

A. at the time of writing, not all children received a secondary


school education

B. the author finds chemical reactions interesting

C. science teaching has imparted some knowledge of facts to


some children

D. the author believes that many teachers are authoritarian


E. it is relatively easy to learn scientific method.

PRODUCTION

8-9-10 Write a composition of approximately 120 words about the


proposed topic and focus strictly on it:

Do you believe in ghost? Why?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-DONBOSCO 11° (4 PTS)

NAME___________________________________________________
_____________

With your own words write an essay about each topic, between 8
to 10 lines each. Do not rewrite the reading; you can just use
some words. The use of dictionary is permitted.

1) THE BEEKEEPER

Ready to Eat!

Honey is used in lots of different recipes. It is delicious when it is


spread onto bread. The beekeeper collects the honey from the
beehive. He takes out the honeycomb which is full of honey. He is
dressed in special clothes so that he doesn’t get stung. In
gardens or farms, beekeepers keep bees in beehives like this one
so they can collect honey. About fifty thousand bees live in one
beehive.

Beehives, making honey

In the country, some bees make their nests in places like the trunk
of a tree. Bees make honeycombs with wax from their own bodies.
The gaps in the honeycomb are where the honey is stored. Bees
fly hundreds of times between flowers and their honeycombs. The
bee sucks nectar with its mouth, which is shaped like a tube.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

2) WHAT IS WIND?

Wind is the movement of air over the surface of the Earth, from
areas of high pressure to low pressure. The Sun gives out all
sorts of radiation, including heat and light energy. When this
energy reaches the Earth, the ground and other surfaces absorb
it, and heat the surrounding air. It's these differences in
temperature, together with the rotation of our planet that creates
the wind.

About 1 to 2 per cent of the energy coming from the sun is


converted into wind energy, which is enough to meet the
electricity needs of the world three times over, and is a source of
power that will never run out.

How is wind made? The density of air. Air, like all substances
around us, has a certain density. The density of air is small but
not zero. If air didn't weigh anything, the atmosphere would float
off into space, which would be bad! There is only a thin layer of
air surrounding the earth, what we know as our atmosphere.

Air Pressure

Because there are miles of air above us and it is all pushing down,
the air at the bottom gets squeezed creating a pressure, like the
pressure you feel at the bottom of a swimming pool. The size of
this pushing force over each unit of area is called the air pressure,
or atmospheric pressure.

Why does wind have a speed?

The rotation of the earth!

As the earth spins on its axis it drags the atmosphere round with
it. However, the air higher up in the atmosphere is less affected by
this dragging/stirring effect. The difference in the air speed at
different levels in the atmosphere causes the air to mix, forming
turbulence, which causes wind at the earth's surface.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

3) RECYCLING GLASS BOTTLES

New glass bottles are made mainly of silica sand. The sand is
melted in a furnace, at a very high temperature. Recycled glass
bottles are made in a very similar way, but cost less and use up
fewer natural resources.

What happens to the old glass bottles?


The process begins when people take their used bottles and jars
to a bottle bank. Next, the bottles and jars are taken by lorry to
the recycling plant. At the plant, bottle tops and lids are removed.
After that, the glass is crushed into small pieces.

Where does the crushed glass go?

The crushed glass is then sent by lorry to a bottle factory. Here, it


is mixed with a small amount of silica sand. It is then melted in a
furnace, at a lower temperature than new glass.

How are the new recycled bottles made?

Finally, the hot liquid glass is drawn out of the furnace and fed
into machinery that makes it into bottles. Recycled glass is as
pure and as strong as new glass. Glass can be recycled many
times without losing its quality.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

4)los pajaros cantan rock?


________________________________________________

yes,______________________________________
no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

5)los pajaros estan bailando y cantando rock?


_____________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

6)los pajaros van a bailar e van a cantar rock?__


__________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7)los pajaros bailaran y cantaran rock?


__________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

8)los pajaros bailarían y cantarían rock?


__________________________________________
yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN ANSWER THE


QUESTIONS

9) *que estabas haciendo ayer?

________________________________________________________
______________?

R_______________________________________________

*cual es tu comida favorita ?porque?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

R_______________________________________________

*tu dormiste a las 11pm ayer?

________________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

10)escriban los numeros ordinales de 1º a 20º:

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-DON BOSCO 10°, CARLOS

NAME__________________________________________________
“HALLOWEEN, MORE THAN AN AMERICAN TRADITION”

Halloween, a Celtic Irish tradition and one of the world's oldest


holidays, is still celebrated today in many countries. All Souls’
Day, a festivity two days after Halloween, is the most important
part of the celebration for many people in Mexico, Latin America
and Spain. In Ireland and Canada, where Halloween was once a
frightening and superstitious time of year, the festivity is now
celebrated as in the United States, with trick-or-treating, costume
parties, and fun for all ages. Although most people believe it is an
American holiday, the custom was brought to America in the
1840's by Irish immigrants escaping their country's potato famine.

The word “Halloween" comes from a contraction of “All Hallows


Eve”. The expression referred to the eve of "All Hallows Day" (or
"All Saints Day"), the Catholic festivity celebrated on November
1st.

Different practices and symbols are associated to Halloween. The


custom of trick-or-treat is believed to have originated not with the
Irish Celts, but with a ninth-century European tradition called
souling, in which early Christians walked from village to village
asking for "soul cakes" or square pieces of bread with currants.
The more soul cakes the beggars received, the more prayers they
promised to say for the dead relatives of the donors.

The carved pumpkin, also called Jack-o-lantern, is perhaps the


most famous icon of the holiday. This custom probably comes
from Irish folklore. The Irish used turnips originally. But when the
immigrants came to America, they found that pumpkins were far
more abundant than turnips, and so the Jack-o-lantern became an
emptied pumpkin in America.
ANSWER QUESTIONS 1-3 ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION
GIVEN IN THE TEXT. USE YOUR OWN WORDS.

1. How is Halloween celebrated nowadays in Ireland? Explain.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

2. Why is Halloween not an American tradition?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

3. Justify the reason why Halloween is a word with a Catholic


origin.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___________________________

Fly flew flown= volar the planes


4) Maria voló los aviones?__________
_________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

5) Maria estaría volando los aviones?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

6) Maria vuela los aviones?


__________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

7) Maria no iba a volar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

8) Maria ha volado o no ha volado los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

9) Maria ha estado volando los aviones?


______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

10)Maria y yo estaremos volando los aviones?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

11) Maria y yo volábamos los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

12) Maria habrá estado volando los aviones o no?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

13) Maria y Jhon tuvieron que volar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________
14) Maria había estado volando los aviones o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

15)Maria tiene que volar los aviones ?________


___________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
__

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO No 5

NAME________________________________________

pv=passive voice /rs-reported speech (con el interrogativo)


adorar/love loved loved

1) Te gustaría caminar en la calle?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

2) Caminaste en la calle?__________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

rs_________________________________________

3) Tuviste que caminar en la calle?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs_________________________________________

4) Estuviste caminando en la calle?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs___________________________________________
5) Podrías caminar en la calle?_____________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

6) Caminaras en la calle?_________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs_________________________________________

7) Caminarías en la calle si…?______________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

8) Estarás caminando en la calle?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs________________________________________

9) el tiene que caminar en la calle?


____________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________
rs________________________________________

10)Hubo caminata en la calle?______________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

11)Estas caminando en la calle?______________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

12) Caminas en la calle?____________________________

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

rs____________________________________________

13) A ustedes les gustaría caminar en la calle?


_________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

14) ustedes habrán caminado en la calle?


_________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________
15) deberían ustedes caminar en la calle?
_________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1)sera que Jack tomó licores ?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estaba tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________
No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

3)sera que Jack toma licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

4)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

5) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

6) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Jack suele tomar licores?

________________________________________________________
?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

8) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

9) Ordinal numbers from 100º to


110º___________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_________________________

10) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________


_________
_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

d)months of the year


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME :
___________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

Turn on turned on turned on – prender

Turn off turned off turned off – apagar

Light---luz
READ CAREFULLY. Translate into English and then answer with
long yes and no and then you will put interrogative form in
passive voice and reported speech

1)sera que Jack apagó las luces de la casa ?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estaba prendiendo las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
_________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

3)sera que Jack apaga las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
___?
Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________
_____________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
_

4)cierto que Jack no va a prender las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
_?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

5) Jack ha apagado o ha prendido las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________
__________________________________________?
Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

6)si o no que Jack prendería las luces de la casa si el estuviera?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
__________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

7)cierto que Jack tiene que apagar las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

8)será que Jack solia prender y apagar las luces de la casa ¿


________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,________________________
_________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

9)Jack, estaras prendiendo y apagando las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_______________________________________________

No,_______________________________________________

Pv,_________ ____________________________________?

Rs,________________________________________________

10)Jack ¡ no apague las luces de la casa, por favor

________________________________________________________
___

11) 5 vocabularios de:

vestimenta
________________ _________________
___________________________________________
______________

Verbos regulares _____________ _________________


___________________________________ _______________

frutas________________ _________________
___________________ _________________

d) Ordinal numbers from 1º to 20º_________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________

e) 7 colours____________________________________________

__________________________________________________

12) ORGANIZING

Had—had—as—as—she—she—hungry—Suzanne—could—eat—
fast—to—was—because

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME_____________________________________________

1. Write in or on

........February ..........the afternoon

........2nd March ..........Friday

........Monday ..........1st April, 1970

........1998 ..........October

2. Write should / shouldn't

You .................do your homework.

You..................go to bed late.

You..................watch so much TV.

You..................clean your room.

You..................take exercise.

You..................shout at your friends.

3. Write the verbs in the correct tense

1. They (play) ..................................football every day.

2. They (study) ..............................at University next year.


3. My friends (go)..........................to Madrid last week.

4. Your sister (read)..........................a book once a week.

5. My parents (watch) .........................TV yesterday.

6. Peter (write)...................................... a letter at the moment.

7. Margaret (go).....................................to Paris next week.

8. He (do)..................................his homework now.

4. Write the sentences or questions in the past using the words


given

1. You / watch /the / show?

.......................................................

2. Kim / no / have / lunch.

.......................................................

3. They / no / play / chess.

........................................................

4. Alan / walk / home ?

.......................................................

5. Annabelle / no / eat / pizza.

........................................................

6. They / speak / to / you ?


.......................................................

7. You / go / bed / early ?

.......................................................

8. Ben / enjoy / funfair ?

.......................................................

5. Read each definition and write the words

1. You can surf the internet on this machine.........................

2. This machine cleans your plates.....................................

3. You can watch “The Simpsons “on this.............................

4. This machine cleans your clothes......................................

5. You can watch films at home on this.................................

6. This was a popular circular toy in the fifties..........................

7. It's a disc and you throw it..................................................

8. These trousers were popular in the fifties and are popular


now...........................

6. Correct these sentences

1. There are some water in the


bottle…………………………………………………………………………..

2. There aren't no cows on the farm.


…………………………………………………………………………..
3. There's some appels on the table.
…………………………………………………………………………..

4. There were one bicycle.


…………………………………………………………………………..

5. There isn't some computer in my flat.


…………………………………………………………………………..

6. There wasn't some water.


…………………………………………………………………………..

7. Are there any homework?


…………………………………………………………………………..

8. There was a computer?


…………………………………………………………………………..

7. Complete the text using the verbs in the past

The first time Daniella (go) went to the mountains. She


(be) .................very excited. She (take)......................a warm sweater
because the weatherman (say).........................to expect cold winds.
Unfortunately nobody (know).....................it was going to rain and
they all (get) ………..............very wet. When they
(arrive).......................home Daniella (start) ...........................to get a
headache and sore throat. She (feel)......................... terrible! She
(have).............................the flu and she (can't).............................go
out for three days!

8. Answer the questions about you. Use an adverb of frequency in


your answer

What's the first thing you do in the morning?


………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..

Do you have tea or coffee for breakfast?

…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..

What do you do in the evenings?

…………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………...

What do you do on Sundays?

…………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………...

Where do you go on holidays?

…………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..

Do you sometimes have a winter holiday?

…………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………..

9. Write questions for the answer

1..........................................................

He had six apples.


2..........................................................

I saw four friends.

3........................................................

He had a lot of work.

4.........................................................

I drank a lot of milk.

5.........................................................

I made 6 phone calls.

6.......................................................

He had no questions.

7.........................................................

I talked to my girlfriend three times.

8........................................................

She had no time at all.

10. Complete with the correct adjective possessive

1-Tony´s got a bike. This is ……. Bike.

2-Ian and Jodie live in this street. That's…….. house.

3-Hello.I´m Gemma and this is…… friend Danny.


4-Do you like pop music? Who's …….. favourite band?

5-Jenny can't come because …….. arm is broken.

6-We play football. …….team is called Sporting Chance.


EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5

PLACEMENT TEST FOR ELEMENTARY - DONBOSCO SCHOOL

Name_________________________________________
Grade_____LEVEL___________

EXERCISE 1: TICK (X) THE SUITABLE ANSWER.

1. Do you work on Saturdays?

A  Yes, I work B  Yes, I do C  Yes, I am


2. How old are you?

A  No, I'm not B  I'm 35 C  I'm a waiter

3. Do you have a brother?

A  No, I not have B  No, they don't C  No, I don't

4. Where are they from?

A  There from Bath B  They're from Bath C  I'm from


Bath

EXERCISE 2: QUESTIONS. TICK (X) THE SUITABLE QUESTION.

5. My name's John.

A  What's their name? B  What's your name? C


How's your name?

6. She's a doctor.

A  What's his job? B  What's your job? C


What's her job?

7. It's a notebook.

A  What's this in English? B  What's in English? C


What's it English?
8. Yes, I do.

A  Have you got children? B  Do you like your job? C


How are you?

9. He's from Colombia.

A  Where's he from? B  Where is she from? C


Where does he live?

10. They are playing football.

A  What are you doing? B  What are they doing? C


What do you do?

11. ….................. the summer, we go to the beach.

A  In B  At

12. We sometimes eat dinner ….................. seven o'clock.

A  on B  at

13. Her exams are …...................... June.

A  at B  in

14. My brother always goes to the restaurant …...................... his


birthday.

A  on B  in

15. Do you sleep well …...................... night.

A  in B  at
EXERCISE 4: IRREGULAR VERBS. COMPLETE THE CHART.

INFINITIVE SIMPLE PAST PAST PARTICIPLE

16 TO BEGIN BEGAN _______________

17 TO COST COST _______________

18 TO DO DID _______________

19 TO BUY BOUGHT _______________

20 TO EAT ATE _______________

21 TO GIVE GAVE _______________

22 TO TAKE TOOK _______________

23 TO GO WENT _______________

24 TO SEE SAW _______________

25 TO SPEAK SPOKE _______________

EXERCISE 5: VOCABULARY. MATCH THE VERBS AND PHRASES.

TO PLAY / TO TURN ON / TO RIDE / TO TAKE / TO SING


26. _____________ baseball

27. _____________ a bike.

28. _____________ the TV.

29. _____________ photos.

30. _____________ a song.

EXERCISE 6: VOCABULARY. PLEASE WRITE THESES NUMBERS


IN LETTERS

59 _______________

73 _______________

35 _______________

27 _______________

84 _______________

96 _______________

38 _______________

100 _______________

40 _______________

10.000 _______________
Exercise 7: Vocabulary. Write the colour for each group of words.

41 Snow, Milk, Paper: …............................

42 Chocolate, Tea, Beer: …............................

43 Plants, Salad, Apples: …............................

44 The Sun, Bananas, Cheese: …............................

45 Buses in London, Roses, Tomatoes: …............................

EXERCISE 9: COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE RIGHT


WORD.

DO / YOU / HER / DON’T / / SHE /

46. I …....................... like big cars.

47. …....................... you like modern art?

48. Does …....................... like ice tea?

49. Katy Perry ? Yes I like …....................... .

50. I love …....................... !

GOOD LUCK
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

PROCESS 5

NAME___________________________________________________
____________

1. Of the following, which is greater than ½ ?

A. 2/5

B. 4/7

C. 4/9

D. 5/11

E. 6/13

2. If an object travels at five feet per second, how many feet does
it travel in one hour?

A. 30

B. 300

C. 720

D. 1800

E. 18000
3. What is the average (arithmetic mean) of all the multiples of ten
from 10 to 190 inclusive?

A. 90

B. 95

C. 100

D. 105

E. 110

4. A cubical block of metal weighs 6 pounds. How much will


another cube of the same metal weigh if its sides are twice as
long?

A. 48

B. 32

C. 24

D. 18

E. 12

5. In a class of 78 students 41 are taking French, 22 are taking


German. Of the students taking French or German, 9 are taking
both courses. How many students are not enrolled in either
course?

A. 6

B. 15

C. 24

D. 33

E. 54

6)les gustaria o no les gustaria mirar tv?

__________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)mirarian o no mirarian tv?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

8)estarian o no estarian mirando tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________
no____________________________________________

9)miraron o no miraron tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

10)habrá o no habrá mirado tv?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no____________________________________________

11)habrá o no habrá mirada de tv?

_____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

12)ella mira o no mira tv?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

13)ella estará o no estará mirando tv?


____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

14)ella ha o no ha mirado tv?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

115)ella deberia o no deberia mirar tv?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

sweep swept swept...... barrer

16) Janeth no barre las 2 casas

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

17)Janeth no habia barrido las 2 casas


av_________________________________

pv_________________________________

18)Janeth no va a barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

19)Janeth no estaba barriendo las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

20)Janeth no podria barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv_________________________________

21) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________
much_______________far____________________

22)the superlative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

23) The days of the week


are________________________________________________

_______________________________________

24)the months of the year


are______________________________________________

_______________________________________________
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

Reading Comprehension

Jack the Ripper

Jack the Ripper is a pseudonym given to an unidentified serial


killer (or killers) active in the largely impoverished White chapel
area and adjacent districts of London in the second half of 1888.
The name is taken from a letter to the Central News Agency by
someone claiming to be the murderer, published at the time of the
killings. Although many theories have been advanced, Jack the
Ripper's identity may never be proven.

The legends surrounding the Ripper murders have become a


complex muddle of genuine historical research, freewheeling
conspiracy theory and dubious folklore. The lack of a confirmed
identity for the killer has allowed subsequent authors, historians
and mostly amateur sleuths—dubbed Ripperologists—to point
their fingers at a wide variety of candidates. Newspapers, whose
circulation had been growing during this era, bestowed
widespread and enduring notoriety on the killer due to the
savagery of the murders and the failure of police to affect a
capture, with the Ripper sometimes escaping discovery by mere
minutes.

Victims were women earning income as casual prostitutes.


Typical Ripper murders were perpetrated in a public or semi-
public place; the victim's throat was cut, after which the cadaver
was subjected to abdominal and sometimes other mutilations
such as those found in lust murder. Many now believe that the
victims were first strangled in order to silence them. Due to the
nature of the wounds on some presumed Ripper victims, several
of whom had internal organs removed, it has been proposed that
the killer had a degree of surgical or medical skill, or was perhaps
a butcher, although this point, like most of the beliefs about the
killer and facts in the case, is in dispute.

Questions about the text

1. The murders were committed in 1888.

True.

False.

We don't know.

2. The name was taken from a letter received by the Central News
Agency.

True.

False.

We don't know.

3. The killer was never identified.

True.

False.

We don't know.

4. The killer may have had medical skills.


True.

False.

We don't know.

5. The killer may have been a butcher.

True.

False.

We don't know

pv=passive voice rs=reported speech

6) Te gustaría beber vino?


____________________________________ __________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

7) bebiste vino y agua?________________________


___________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

ps_________________________________________

8) Tuviste que beber vino?_________________


_____________________________?

YES______________________________________
NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

9) Estuviste bebiendo vino?___________________


___________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv___________________________________________

10) Podrías beber vino?_____________


__________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

11) solías beber vino?_____________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

12) vas a beber vino ?________________


_________________________________?

YES______________________________________
NO_______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

13) Estarás bebiendo vino?________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

14) el tiene que beber vino?___________


___________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

15) ellas lo han adorado?_____________


___________________________________

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________
16) me adoras?____________
___________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

pv____________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

17) me estabas adorando?___________


_____________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

18) ella me adorara?__________________


__________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

19) ellas me van a adorar?____________


_________________________________?
YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

20) comparative of: crazy__________


interesting_____________ bad______________

superlative of: little__________ young___________


much_______________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

REC. PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

Turn on turned on turned on – prender

Turn off turned off turned off – apagar

Light---luz

1)sera que Jack apagó las luces de la casa ?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________________________________________________
?
Rs,_____________________________________________________

2)cierto que Jack no estaba prendiendo las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________________________________________________
?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

3)sera que Jack apaga las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________________________________________________
?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
_

4)cierto que Jack no va a prender las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
?
Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________________________________________________
?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

5) Jack ha apagado o ha prendido las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

6) Jack habría apagado o habría prendido las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

7) Jack solía apagar o solía prender las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

8) Jack estaría o no estaría apagando y prendiendo las luces de la


casa?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?
Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

9) Ordinal numbers from 1º to


20º___________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

10) ORGANIZING

Had—had—as—as—she—she—hungry—Suzanne—could—eat—
fast—to—was—because

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME_____________________________________________

1. Write in or on

........February ..........the afternoon

........2nd March ..........Friday

........Monday ..........1st April, 1970

........1998 ..........October
2. Write should / shouldn't

You .................do your homework.

You..................go to bed late.

You..................watch so much TV.

You..................clean your room.

You..................take exercise.

You..................shout at your friends.

3. Write the verbs in the correct tense

1. They (play) ..................................football every day.

2. They (study) ..............................at University next year.

3. My friends (go)..........................to Madrid last week.

4. Your sister (read)..........................a book once a week.

5. My parents (watch) .........................TV yesterday.

6. Peter (write)...................................... a letter at the moment.

7. Margaret (go).....................................to Paris next week.

8. He (do)..................................his homework now.

4. Write the sentences or questions in the past using the words


given

1. You / watch /the / show?


.......................................................

2. Kim / no / have / lunch.

.......................................................

3. They / no / play / chess.

........................................................

4. Alan / walk / home ?

.......................................................

5. Annabelle / no / eat / pizza.

........................................................

6. They / speak / to / you ?

.......................................................

7. You / go / bed / early ?

.......................................................

8. Ben / enjoy / funfair ?

.......................................................

5. Read each definition and write the words

1. You can surf the internet on this machine.........................

2. This machine cleans your plates.....................................


3. You can watch “The Simpsons “on this.............................

4. This machine cleans your clothes......................................

5. You can watch films at home on this.................................

6. This was a popular circular toy in the fifties..........................

7. It's a disc and you throw it..................................................

8. These trousers were popular in the fifties and are popular


now...........................

6. Correct these sentences

1. There are some water in the


bottle…………………………………………………………………………..

2. There aren't no cows on the farm.


…………………………………………………………………………..

3. There's some appels on the table.


…………………………………………………………………………..

4. There were one bicycle.


…………………………………………………………………………..

5. There isn't some computer in my flat.


…………………………………………………………………………..

6. There wasn't some water.


…………………………………………………………………………..

7. Are there any homework?


…………………………………………………………………………..
8. There was a computer?
…………………………………………………………………………..

7. Complete the text using the verbs in the past

The first time Daniella (go) went to the mountains. She


(be) .................very excited. She (take)......................a warm sweater
because the weatherman (say).........................to expect cold winds.
Unfortunately nobody (know).....................it was going to rain and
they all (get) ………..............very wet. When they
(arrive).......................home Daniella (start) ...........................to get a
headache and sore throat. She (feel)......................... terrible! She
(have).............................the flu and she (can't).............................go
out for three days!

8. Answer the questions about you. Use an adverb of frequency in


your answer

What's the first thing you do in the morning?

………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..

Do you have tea or coffee for breakfast?

…………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..

What do you do in the evenings?

…………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………...

What do you do on Sundays?


…………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………...

Where do you go on holidays?

…………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..

Do you sometimes have a winter holiday?

…………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………..

9. Write questions for the answer

1..........................................................

He had six apples.

2..........................................................

I saw four friends.

3........................................................

He had a lot of work.

4.........................................................

I drank a lot of milk.

5.........................................................

I made 6 phone calls.


6.......................................................

He had no questions.

7.........................................................

I talked to my girlfriend three times.

8........................................................

She had no time at all.

10. Complete with the correct adjective possessive

1-Tony´s got a bike. This is ……. Bike.

2-Ian and Jodie live in this street. That's…….. house.

3-Hello.I´m Gemma and this is…… friend Danny.

4-Do you like pop music? Who's …….. favourite band?

5-Jenny can't come because …….. arm is broken.

6-We play football. …….team is called Sporting Chance.

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________
_____________________________________
READ CARREFULLY AND THEN ANSWER THE QUESTIONS

WET ROADS

Not all serious driving problems are caused by accidents. One


lady will never forget the time she thought that she wasn’t going
to survive.

She was in her car late at night, stuck in a traffic jam when
suddenly the radio announced that the jam had been caused by
an accident further along the road. Outside the rain was as heavy
as she’d ever seen it. It was a terrible storm with thunder and
lightning.

After a while the water began to rise; first just a few centimeters
and then quickly up to the car door. The woman thought it
wouldn’t keep rising, but if she opened the car door the water
might start to come in. so, she sat in the traffic jam and waited.
There was still no movement. The water continued to rise and
there was nothing she could do.

She put the window down and looked out, immediately feeling
scared. The water was already half a meter deep. She wouldn’t be
able to open the door now even if she had wanted to do.
Gradually, the water reached the open window. She pressed the
button to put it up.

Nothing worked! The water was starting to flow into the car! The
terrified lady decided there was only one thing to do – get out!

She climbed onto the roof of the car, thinking ´What will happen if
nobody comes to rescue me? It wouldn’t have been such a
problem if I’d learnt to swim when I was young! ´

Then suddenly the rain stopped. Twenty minutes later the water
level started to go down. ´We’re going to be all right! ´ somebody
shouted from another car. Nobody was hurt although many cars
were damaged. It was an experience the woman would never
forget.

1. Why was the car not moving?


____________________________

________________________________________________________
_

2. Why couldn’t she open her car door?


________________________

________________________________________________________
__

3. When did she start to get scared?


_________________________

________________________________________________________
__

4. What did she do to escape from the rising water?


______________

________________________________________________________
__

5. What happened to the cars and the people in the end?


___________

________________________________________________________
__

6) Adrián enseña inglés y francés?


________________________________________________________
_?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Reported speech_________________________________

7) Yina estará enseñando inglés?____


______________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Reported speech_________________________________

8) Lombo habría enseñado inglés?____


_______________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Reported speech_________________________________

9)Adrián enseñaría inglés?____


____________________________________?
yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Reported speech_________________________________

10) Yina ha enseñado inglés y francés?


________________________ ____________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no________________________________________

Pas. Voice____________________________________

Reported speech_________________________________

11) object pronouns 12) reflexive pronouns

_______________ ___________________

_______________ ___________________

_______________ ___________________

_______________ ___________________

_______________ ___________________

_______________ ___________________

_______________ ___________________
_______________ ___________________

13/ days of the


week_____________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________

14/ months of the


year_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________

15) Ordinal numbers from 100° to 120°

_______________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


PROCESS EXAM 5 (CARLOS ) 9-11

NAME____________________________________________

READING AND UNDERSTANDING

MARY SHELLEY

Mary Shelley (née Mary Wollstonecraft Godwin; 30 August 1797 –


1 February 1851) was a British novelist, short story writer,
dramatist, essayist, biographer, and travel writer, best known for
her Gothic novel Frankenstein: or, The Modern Prometheus
(1818). She also edited and promoted the works of her husband,
the Romantic poet and philosopher Percy Bysshe Shelley. Her
father was the political philosopher William Godwin, and her
mother was the philosopher and feminist Mary Wollstonecraft.

Mary Godwin's mother died when she was eleven days old;
afterwards, she and her older half-sister, Fanny Imlay, were raised
by her father. When Mary was four, Godwin married his neighbor,
Mary Jane Clairmont. Godwin provided his daughter with a rich, if
informal, education, encouraging her to adhere to his liberal
political theories. In 1814, Mary Godwin began a romantic
relationship with one of her father’s political followers, the
married Percy Bysshe Shelley. Together with Mary's stepsister,
Claire Clairmont, they left for France and travelled through
Europe; upon their return to England, Mary was pregnant with
Percy's child. Over the next two years, she and Percy faced
ostracism, constant debt, and the death of their prematurely born
daughter. They married in late 1816 after the suicide of Percy
Shelley's first wife, Harriet.

In 1816, the couple famously spent a summer with Lord Byron,


John William Polidori, and Claire Clairmont near Geneva,
Switzerland, where Mary conceived the idea for her novel
Frankenstein. The Shelleys left Britain in 1818 for Italy, where their
second and third children died before Mary Shelley gave birth to
her last and only surviving child, Percy Florence. In 1822, her
husband drowned when his sailing boat sank during a storm in
the Bay of La Spezia. A year later, Mary Shelley returned to
England and from then on devoted herself to the upbringing of
her son and a career as a professional author. The last decade of
her life was dogged by illness, probably caused by the brain
tumor that was to kill her at the age of 53.

Until the 1970s, Mary Shelley was known mainly for her efforts to
publish Percy Shelley's works and for her novel Frankenstein,
which remains widely read and has inspired many theatrical and
film adaptations. Recent scholarship has yielded a more
comprehensive view of Mary Shelley’s achievements. Scholars
have shown increasing interest in her literary output, particularly
in her novels, which include the historical novels Valperga (1823)
and Perkin Warbeck (1830), the apocalyptic novel The Last Man
(1826), and her final two novels, Lodore (1835) and Falkner (1837).
Studies of her lesser-known works such as the travel book
Rambles in Germany and Italy (1844) and the biographical articles
for Dionysius Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopedia (1829–46) support the
growing view that Mary Shelley remained a political radical
throughout her life. Mary Shelley's works often argue that
cooperation and sympathy, particularly as practiced by women in
the family, were the ways to reform civil society. This view was a
direct challenge to the individualistic Romantic ethos promoted
by Percy Shelley and the Enlightenment political theories
articulated by her father, William Godwin.

Questions about the text

1. When Mary was four, she married a neighbor.

True.

False.
We don't know.

2. She travelled through Europe with her sisters.

True.

False.

We don't know.

3. She had four children.

True.

False.

We don't know.

4. She got the idea for Frankenstein in 1816.

True.

False.

We don't know.

5. She lived in Italy for four years.

True.

False.

We don't know.
6)ellas aman o no aman a Jhon?

_________________________________________________

Yes_______________________________________

No,_______________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________

Rep.speech_________________________________________

7)ella ama o no ama a Jhon?____________________________

Yes_______________________________________

No,_______________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________

Rep.speech_________________________________________

8)ella tuvo o no tuvo que amar a Jhon?

__________________________________________________

Yes_______________________________________

No,_______________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________
Rep.speech_________________________________________

9)ella habrá o no habrá amado a Jhon?

__________________________________________________

Yes_______________________________________

No,_______________________________________

10) the reflexive pronouns are

___________ ___________ ____________ ___________

____________ ___________ ____________ ___________

11) the object pronouns are__________ _____________


_________ ___________ _____________ __________ ________
_____________ _________

12)los artistas estuvieron escribiendo la carta y estuvieron


construyendo edificios?_______________________________

_________________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________

Rep.speech_________________________________________
13)el artista estará escribiendo la carta y estarían construyendo
edificios?
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________

Rep.speech_________________________________________

14)el artista y yo escribiríamos la carta y construíamos


edificios?
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no___________________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________

Rep.speech_________________________________________

15)los artistas han escrito la carta y han construido el edificio?


_______________________________________

______________________________________________
yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas. Voice_______________________________________

Rep.speech_________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

Rec. PROCESS EXAM NR 5

NAME__________________________________________________

Reading Comprehension

Jack the Ripper

Jack the Ripper is a pseudonym given to an unidentified serial


killer (or killers) active in the largely impoverished White chapel
area and adjacent districts of London in the second half of 1888.
The name is taken from a letter to the Central News Agency by
someone claiming to be the murderer, published at the time of the
killings. Although many theories have been advanced, Jack the
Ripper's identity may never be proven.

The legends surrounding the Ripper murders have become a


complex muddle of genuine historical research, freewheeling
conspiracy theory and dubious folklore. The lack of a confirmed
identity for the killer has allowed subsequent authors, historians
and mostly amateur sleuths—dubbed Ripperologists—to point
their fingers at a wide variety of candidates. Newspapers, whose
circulation had been growing during this era, bestowed
widespread and enduring notoriety on the killer due to the
savagery of the murders and the failure of police to affect a
capture, with the Ripper sometimes escaping discovery by mere
minutes.

Victims were women earning income as casual prostitutes.


Typical Ripper murders were perpetrated in a public or semi-
public place; the victim's throat was cut, after which the cadaver
was subjected to abdominal and sometimes other mutilations
such as those found in lust murder. Many now believe that the
victims were first strangled in order to silence them. Due to the
nature of the wounds on some presumed Ripper victims, several
of whom had internal organs removed, it has been proposed that
the killer had a degree of surgical or medical skill, or was perhaps
a butcher, although this point, like most of the beliefs about the
killer and facts in the case, is in dispute.

Questions about the text

1. The murders were committed in 1888.

True.

False.

We don't know.

2. The name was taken from a letter received by the Central News
Agency.

True.

False.

We don't know.

3. The killer was never identified.


True.

False.

We don't know.

4. The killer may have had medical skills.

True.

False.

We don't know.

5. The killer may have been a butcher.

True.

False.

We don't know

pv=passive voice rs=reported speech

6) Te gustaría beber vino?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

7) bebiste vino y agua?


_________________________________________?

YES_______________________________________
NO________________________________________

ps_________________________________________

8) Tuviste que beber vino?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

9) Estuviste bebiendo vino?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv___________________________________________

10) Podrías beber vino?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

11) solías beber vino?


_________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
pv_________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

12) vas a beber vino ?


_______________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

13) Estarás bebiendo vino?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

14) el tiene que beber vino?


____________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

15) ellas lo han adorado?


______________________________________
YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

16) me adoras?___________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

pv____________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

17) me estabas adorando?________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

18) ella me adorara?________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________
rs__________________________________________

19) ellas me van a adorar?____________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

20) comparative of: crazy__________


interesting_____________ bad______________

superlative of: little__________ young___________


much_______________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5 (REC) JUNE 21, 2012

NAME________________________________________

pv=passive voice / rs= reported speech

1) Te gustaría planchar la ropa?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
Rs______________________________________________________
_________

2) planchaste la ropa?
____________________________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

pv_________________________________________

Rs______________________________________________________
_________

3) Tuviste que planchar la ropa?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

4) Estuviste planchando la ropa?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv___________________________________________
Rs______________________________________________________
_________

5) Podrías planchar la ropa?


________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

6) El plancha la ropa?
___________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

Rs______________________________________________________
_________

7) plancharías la ropa si…?


________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
8) Estarás planchando la ropa?
___________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv________________________________________

9) el tiene que planchar la ropa?


__________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

pv________________________________________

Rs______________________________________________________
_________

10) Hubo besos?


_____________________________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

EXPRESSIONS
11) Porque me haces eso?_________________________

12) que rayos pasa contigo?_______________________

13) no sirves para nada____________________________

14) vamos a ver ¡ _________________________________

15) nunca me dices nada ¡ ___________________________

QUESTIONS WITH PRONOUNS

16) me amaste?___________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

pv____________________________________________
Rs______________________________________________________
___

17) me estabas amando?______________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

Rs______________________________________________________
___

18) ella me amara?________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

Rs______________________________________________________
_________

19) ellas me iban a amar?____________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________
pv___________________________________________

ADJECTIVES

20) comparative of: crazy__________


interesting_____________ bad______________

superlative of:

little__________ young___________ much_________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

CARLOS GROUP ( Agosto 9, 2012)

NAME___________________________________________________
______

1)Dios castigo a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

2) Dios habría castigado a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?


E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

3) Dios va a castigar a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4) Dios estará castigando a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

5) Dios ha castigado a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?


E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

6) Dios castiga a las niñas que molestan a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7) Dios podrá castigar a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

8) Dios tuvo que castigar a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?
E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

9) A/ days of the
week_____________________________________________

________________________________________________

B/ months of the
year_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________

C/ ordinal numbers from 100° to


120°_______________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

10)* Object pronouns_______________________________

____________________________________________________

• possessive
pronouns________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________

READING AND UNDERSTANDING

TATTOO

Justin’s mom had set down the house rules with aplomb. Only the
most obtuse person would have failed to understand: no tattoos,
no body piercings, and no co-ed sleepovers while living in the
house of Elaine Tucker Brown.

Still, the day Justin turned 18, he lied to his mother about where
he was going and headed straight to the tattoo parlor, as if
impervious to his mother’s wrath. He got a light blue heart the
size of an orange permanently etched on his arm. Above this work
of art was the word “Blessed.”

No, Justin was not stupid, but he was obstinate.

Elaine saw this as an act of sheer defiance. She was incensed, her
anger exacerbated by the fact that Justin had breezed into the
house, found her in the kitchen, taken off his shirt with a smile,
and said, “Got it!”

“No, Justin. Let me tell you what you’ve got,” Elaine said angrily.
“You’ve got five minutes to go upstairs and pack a bag. I’m taking
you to Pop-Pop’s.”

The ride to Pop-Pop’s house was chilly, to say the least. Elaine
berated Justin for everything she could think of, which wasn’t
much because he was a straight-A senior with a full academic
scholarship to his top college pick. He had a kind heart and had
started a foundation in the ninth grade, which donated used
sporting equipment to underprivileged kids in South Africa.
Elaine pulled up to her father’s door and ordered Justin out. Not
10 minutes later, her cell phone rang.

“Elaine, have you lost it? You are kicking a boy who is as good as
him out of the house for a tattoo – that says ‘Blessed,’ no less?”
her father asked, incredulous. “You will miss him so much. Don’t
cut off your nose to spite your face, Elaine. Come pick this young
man up.”

Elaine, having grown up obeying most of her parents’ demands,


turned her car around and went back to pick up her son. Justin
was surprisingly contrite. “Sorry for being so disrespectful,
Mom,” he said earnestly. “I will try to follow house rules from now
on.

”Questions:

11) What other title would best fit this passage?

A. “House Rules”

B. “Visiting Pop-Pop”

C. "Straight A's"

D. “Body Piercings”

12) As used in paragraph 1, which is the best antonym for


obtuse?

A. foolhardy

B. intelligent

C. passionate
D. stubborn

13) Which of the following proverbs does Elaine seem to learn by


the end of the story?

A. much ado about nothing

B. familiarity breeds contempt

C. no arguments will give courage to the coward

D. if words suffice not, blows must follow

14) Which of the following proverbs does Justin seem to learn by


the end of the story?

A. look before you leap

B. pleasure bought with pain hurts

C. youth’s first duty is reverence to parents

D. if men had all they wished, they would often be ruined

15) In the final paragraph, the author writes, "Justin was


surprisingly contrite." Which of the following is the best way to
rewrite the above sentence while keeping its original meaning the
same?

A. Justin was surprisingly relaxed.

B. Justin was surprisingly remorseful.

C. Justin had surprisingly lost his bad attitude.

D. Justin had surprisingly become somber.


ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 7

NAME________________________________

A) Luke is very competitive and loves to win when he plays


sports. Kyler doesn’t take sports all that seriously. So when their
tennis singles match was over, it was no surprise that both boys
were in a good mood, especially Luke.

. Which statement is most likely true?

a. Luke won the match.

b. Kyler won the match.

c. The game was rained out.

d. Kyler was given a new truck.


B) Leslie’s main playlist has forty rock songs, fifteen rap
songs, and one country song. It also contains twelve classical
instrumentals.

. Which statement is probably NOT true.

a. Leslie likes music.

b. Leslie’s favorite music is country.

c. Leslie likes rock better than rap.

d. Leslie listens to a wide range of music.

C) I think you’ll like your present, Scott. You’ll still be able to


use it for at least the next couple of months before the weather
gets too warm. It can be a lot of fun, especially if you take a
lesson or two first. Remember, people are often injured by using
these things if they don’t know what they’re doing.

. Scott’s new present is a _______.

a. rifle

b. tennis racquet
c. snow shovel

d. snowboard

D) Brad put a load of clothes into the washing machine. An


hour later, he unloaded the damp clothes and put them into the
dryer. Later, he unloaded the clothes and carried them upstairs in
a basket. To his dismay, Brad noticed that the load of laundry just
didn’t smell nearly as fresh as usual.

. One of the following is the reason why. Which one is it?

a. Brad forgot to turn on the washing machine.

b. Brad wasn’t paid to do the laundry.

c. Brad had forgotten to put detergent into the machine.

d. The radio didn’t work.

E) Emir rarely rides to school each morning. He could take the


school bus but prefers to walk the two miles from his home to
school. He believes that the walk wakes him up and improves his
learning throughout the day.

a. Emir always rides the bus home at the end of the school day.
b. Emir never rides the bus to school.

c. Emir values learning.

d. Emir is usually late for school.

F) “Remember, Maria,” Mrs. Russo said, “you’re very allergic


to chocolate. Please don’t eat any chocolate candy at the
Halloween party!”

Three hours later, Maria was home from the party with a terrible
stomach ache. “I promise you, Mom,” Maria groaned, “I’ll always
do what you say from now on.”

a. Maria got into a fight at the party.

b. Maria ate chocolate at the party.

c. Maria ate no chocolate at the party.

d. Maria embarrassed herself by singing at the party.

G) . In another week, we’ll be turning our clocks back one hour.


Then it will be almost dark by the time most of us get home from
school. It will seem as if we suddenly have less daylight each day.
Of course, people aren’t actually changing the behavior of the sun
or the earth by messing with their clocks.
a. Our planet has to spin faster when we reset our clocks.

b. It’s clear that turning our clocks back will help prevent global
warming.

c. If according to our clocks, the sun sets an hour earlier, it will


also rise an hour earlier.

d. The earth will actually rotate at a slower rate when we turn back
the clocks.

H) . Every time I give my cat a plate of tuna, he ignores it. Every


time I give him a plate of salmon, he quickly eats it all. When I feed
him beef, he eats a little bit of it, but doesn’t seem to love it.

a. Cats prefer salmon over tuna.

b. I give my cat more than one kind of food.

c. My cat likes tuna better than beef.

d. My cat won’t eat fish.

Use the context to help you determine the meaning of each


highlighted word.
I) No matter where you go, the Internet is following you.
Almost every portable device is being made with an Internet
connection. Most new TVs and many other appliances come with
Internet connections as well. The Internet is truly ubiquitous.

If something is ubiquitous, __________.

a. it is fuzzy and will bite you

b. it is everywhere

c. it costs too much money

d. it causes rashes

J) Speaking rudely to the judges was rash behavior. You really


hurt your chances of winning!

In the above context, what does “rash” mean?

a. an itchy skin condition

b. funny

c. trying to hide or disguise a piece of cheese

d. with little thought or consideration

K) Some people are always bashing the president just like others
bashed the one before him. Wouldn't you think that everyone
could find something to praise him for, at least once in a while?

What does “bashing” mean in the above selection?

a. hitting hard with a heavy tool


b. going to too many expensive parties

c. speaking or writing harshly about

d. voting for a different candidate

L) Wherever he goes, the esteemed Dr. Sanchez is applauded for


his life saving research.

What does “esteemed” mean?

a. held over boiling water

b. very old

c. unable to chew gum

d. greatly admired

M) object pronouns N) reflexive pronouns O)


possessive adjectives

________________ _____________
__________________

________________ _____________
__________________

________________ _____________
__________________

________________ _____________
__________________

________________ _____________
__________________
________________ _____________
__________________

________________ _____________
__________________

________________ _____________
__________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO No 5
NAME_____________________________________________

12 sobre 14 =aprobado edificio… building

11 sobre 14 = no aprobado the poet…el poeta

1)los poetas escribieron la carta y construyeron edificios?___

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________
2)a los poetas les gustaría escribir la carta y construir edificios?
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

3)los poetas van a escribir la carta y construir edificios?____

_______________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

4)los poetas estarán escribiendo la carta y estarán construyendo


edificios ?
________________________________________________

________________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________
.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

5)los poetas escribiran la carta y construirán edificios?______

_______________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

6)los poetas estuvieron escribiendo la carta y estuvieron


construyendo edificios?_______________________________

_________________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________
7)los poetas estarían escribiendo la carta y estarían
construyendo edificios?
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

8)los poetas tienen que escribir la carta y tienen que construir


edificios?
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no___________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

9)los poetas han escrito la carta y han construido edificios?____

________________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________
.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

10)los poetas tuvieron que escribir carta y tuvieron que construir


edificios___________________________________________

.yes_______________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

11)ella nos ama_________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

12)ellas se amaron__________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________
13)ella se ha estado amando__________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

14)ellas podrían amarme________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

15) a)days of the week

b)months of the year

c) ordinal numbers from 31° to 45°


ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO No 5

NAME________________________________________

pv=passive voice rs=reported speech sapo:frog

1) Te gustaría besar sapos?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

2) besaste sapos?
____________________________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

ps_________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

3) Tuviste que besar sapos?


____________________________________?
YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

4) Estuviste besando sapos?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

5) Podrías besar sapos?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

6) besaras sapos?
_________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv_________________________________________

rs__________________________________________
7) besarías sapos si…?
_______________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

8) Estarás besando sapos?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

9) el tiene que besar sapos?


____________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

pv________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

10)Hubo besos a sapos?


_____________________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
11)Estas besando sapos?
____________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

Pv_____________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

12) besas sapos?


_________________________________________

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv____________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

13) A ustedes les gustaría besar sapos?


_________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

14) ustedes habrán besado sapos?


_____________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________
15) deberían ustedes besar sapos?
_____________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

16) me amas?___________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

pv____________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

17) me estabas amando?________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

18) ella me amara?________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________
19) ellas me van a amar?____________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

20) comparative of: crazy__________


interesting_____________ bad______________

superlative of: little__________ young___________


much_______________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EXAM No 5

Name___________________________________________________

READING COMPREHENSION
BLACK ENGLISH

During the early years of American settlement, a highly distinctive


form of English was beginning to develop in the islands of the
West Indies and the southern part of the mainland, spoken by the
incoming black population. The beginning of the seventeenth
century saw the emergence of the slave trade. Ships from Europe
travelled to the West African coast, where they exchanged cheap
goods for black slaves. The slaves were shipped in barbarous
conditions to the Caribbean islands and the American coast,
where they were in turn exchanged for such commodities as
sugar, rum, and molasses. The ships then returned to England,
completing an 'Atlantic triangle' of journeys, and the process
began again. Britain and the United States had outlawed the stave
trade by 1865, but by that time, nearly 200 years of trading had
taken place. By the middle of the nineteenth century, there were
over four million black slaves in America.

The policy of the slave-traders was to bring people of different


language backgrounds together in the ships, to make it difficult
for groups to plot rebellion. The result was the growth of several
pidgin forms of communication, and in particular a pidgin
between the slaves and the sailors, many of whom spoke English.
Once arrived in the Caribbean, this pidgin English continued to
act as a major means of communication between the black
population and the new landowners, and among the blacks
themselves. Then, when children came to be born, the pidgin
became their mother tongue, thus producing the first black Creole
speech in the region. This Creole English rapidly came to be used
throughout the cotton plantations, and in the coastal towns and
islands. Similarly, creolized forms of French, Spanish and
Portuguese emerged in and around the Caribbean.

QUESTIONS
1. Match the following words with the suitable definition or
synonym.

emergence Trade Rum molasses outlaw Growth


Landowner

Proprietor, farmer.

Declare somebody to be punished or considered a criminal.

Development.

Exchange tools or services for money or other goods

Strong alcoholic drink.

2. Answer the following questions according to the text.

a. When did the slave trade begin?

b. When was the slave trade forbidden in the USA?


c. Why did the pidgins emerge?

d. What kind of job did the slaves have?

3. Put the verbs in brackets into the Simple Past .

a. Zoë (come) _______________________ round in her car and


they (drive) _______________________ to the tennis courts.

b. Two other people (use) _______________________ their court


when they (arrive) _______________________.

c. They (buy) _______________________ ice-creams while they


(wait) _______________________ to play.

4. Complete the text using the Present Simple.

she (go) _______________________ London next


Thursday. “Burning Spear”, her favorite reggae band, (give)
_______________________ a concert at Wembley. she (go)
_______________________ with Beth. We (not go)
_______________________ by train; it is much cheaper by coach.
The coach (leave) _______________________ Plymouth at 12.30
p.m.

5. Composition. Write 80 words about the following subject: What


kind of job would you like to have in the future?
Translate into English and then answer the questions

6. Ella compro la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,
________________________________________________________
_______

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
___

Reported
speech__________________________________________________
__
7. Ella va a comprar la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,
________________________________________________________
_______

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
____

Reported
speech__________________________________________________
__

8. Ella tiene que comprar la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________
No,
________________________________________________________
_______

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
___

Reported
speech__________________________________________________
__

9.a ella le gustaria comprar la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
______

No,
________________________________________________________
____

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
___

10.ella estaria comprando la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
__________?
Yes ,____________________________________________________
___________

No,
________________________________________________________
______

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
___

11) ella compra o no compra la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
___

Reported
speech__________________________________________________

Ella estara comprando la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________
No,_____________________________________________________
___________

Passive
voice____________________________________________________
____

Reported
speech__________________________________________________
__

13) ella podria estar comprando la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,
________________________________________________________
_______

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

14.ella habra comprado la casa roja de Joe?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________
Passive
voice____________________________________________________
____

-15)Adjectives comparatives
superlatives

Good

Bad

Little

Far

Easy

Interesting

Big

Old

Much

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

COLEGIO NUESTRA SENORA DE LA SABIDURIA

GRADO 11~ (Advanced)

NAME________________________________
1. I believe that if you lower taxes so that people can keep more of
the money they earn, it will be an incentive for them to work
harder.

What is the meaning of“incentive”? __________.

a. a reason to do something

b. a small amount of money

c. a tax

d. a good job

2. Most of America's Founding Fathers did not believe in women's


suffrage. Only men could vote in the United states until 1920.

What is“suffrage”?

a. something that causes physical pain

b. an early flag

c. skirts that did not cover ankles

d. the right to vote

3. Some people are sure that the new health care law will mean
better care for everyone. Others argue that the law will mean less
care and longer waiting lines for those who need to see doctors.
It's a controversy that will not go away soon.
A controversy is something that people _______.

a. have strong disagreements over

b. blow their noses into

c. need to pay for a visit to a doctor

d. eat with sweet candy

4.Removing seeds from cotton plants was a slow job until Eli
Whitney invented the cotton gin.

What is a cotton gin?

a. a drink

b. a book

c. a machine

d. a cloth

5. In the early 1600s, a dangerous trip across the Atlantic


Ocean was a daunting idea. The Europeans, who would someday
be known as the Pilgrims, must have been a very determined and
brave group of settlers.

A daunting task is one that would _______ someone.


a. tickle

b. amuse

c. lose or misplace

d. frighten or intimidate

6. The original Pilgrims called themselves the “Saints” and


referred to others who joined with them for the voyage as the
“Strangers.”

In this context, “original” means _______.

a. one of a kind

b. first

c. humorous

c. musical

7. The Saints and Strangers argued about how they would live in
the New World. After much discussion, they came together and
signed the Mayflower Compact.
The Compact was _______.

a. a container for makeup

b. a small item

c. a machine used for mashing corn

d. an agreement

8. When the Pilgrims landed in what is now Massachusetts, they


were fearful that the Native Americans would attack them.
However, the people that they encountered, the Wampanoag
Indians, were a peaceful and generous tribe.

To encounter, is to _______.

a. meet

b. note how many

c. fight

d. exchange text messages

9.As the summer sun sent scattered rays through the maple and
oak leaves overhead, the young deer stood frozen, making it
almost impossible for the hikers to see her.
* In the above passage, the word “frozen” means _______.

a. very cold

b. visible

c. not moving

d. not melted

10)Christmas is a time when Dad reverts to his childhood. I really


think he looks forward to Santa’s visit more than any other
member of the family. Mom says that he’ll always be a child
during this season.

* What does “reverts” mean in the above passage?

a. stands up straight

b. peeks at presents

c. drinks too much egg nog

d. goes back to being what he was


11.Fortunately, the explosion diverted the asteroid from a course
that would have sent it hurdling into our planet.

* To divert is to _______.

a. change the direction of

b. look for really high waves

c. jump into a dry river

d. look through a telescope

12. A wonderful 98 year old woman is working day and night to


knit scarves to send as gifts for the troops. What a selfless person
she is!

* A selfless woman _______.

a. is selfish

b. has no name

c. likes to wear scarves

d. cares more about others than herself


Each sentence or paragraph contains an underlined word. Use the
context to figure out the meanings of those words. Those
underlined words will be the answers in the crossword puzzle.

*13) I don’t think the runners can sustain their fast pace
throughout the entire race.

*14) This course will encompass every fact I know about the art of
toe painting. You will be an expert when you are done.

* 15) Eddie’s face still smarts hours after being hit by the tennis
ball.

*16) The dictator tried to mollify the angry crowd with promises of
better living conditions and more rights.

*17) Andy and Sandy have many opposite traits. Andy is an


amiable character while Sandy isn’t even slightly friendly.

*18) True learning requires thinking. Indoctrination requires the


absence of thought. Don’t allow yourself to be indoctrinated.

*19) Your cantankerous uncle won’t let us play ball in his lot. He
says that children are all pests.

Word Meanings From Context

Across
5. Friendly

6. Hurts

7. To keep in effect

Down

1. Brainwashing

2. Grouchy

3. Include

4. Soothe

20) Invent a story about halloween (5 lines)

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

COLEGIO DON BOSCO 11~

NAME________________________________
1. I believe that if you lower taxes so that people can keep more of
the money they earn, it will be an incentive for them to work
harder.

What is the meaning of“incentive”? __________.

a. a reason to do something

b. a small amount of money

c. a tax

d. a good job

2. Most of America's Founding Fathers did not believe in women's


suffrage. Only men could vote in the United states until 1920.

What is“suffrage”?

a. something that causes physical pain

b. an early flag

c. skirts that did not cover ankles

d. the right to vote


3. Some people are sure that the new health care law will mean
better care for everyone. Others argue that the law will mean less
care and longer waiting lines for those who need to see doctors.
It's a controversy that will not go away soon.

A controversy is something that people _______.

a. have strong disagreements over

b. blow their noses into

c. need to pay for a visit to a doctor

d. eat with sweet candy

4.Removing seeds from cotton plants was a slow job until Eli
Whitney invented the cotton gin.

What is a cotton gin?

a. a drink

b. a book

c. a machine
d. a cloth

In the early 1600s, a dangerous trip across the Atlantic Ocean was
a daunting idea. The Europeans, who would someday be known
as the Pilgrims, must have been a very determined and brave
group of settlers.

A daunting task is one that would _______ someone.

a. tickle

b. amuse

c. lose or misplace

d. frighten or intimidate

6. The original Pilgrims called themselves the “Saints” and


referred to others who joined with them for the voyage as the
“Strangers.”

In this context, “original” means _______.

a. one of a kind

b. first
c. humorous

c. musical

7. The Saints and Strangers argued about how they would live in
the New World. After much discussion, they came together and
signed the Mayflower Compact.

The Compact was _______.

a. a container for makeup

b. a small item

c. a machine used for mashing corn

d. an agreement

8. When the Pilgrims landed in what is now Massachusetts, they


were fearful that the Native Americans would attack them.
However, the people that they encountered, the Wampanoag
Indians, were a peaceful and generous tribe.

To encounter, is to _______.
a. meet

b. note how many

c. fight

d. exchange text messages

9.As the summer sun sent scattered rays through the maple and
oak leaves overhead, the young deer stood frozen, making it
almost impossible for the hikers to see her.

* In the above passage, the word “frozen” means _______.

a. very cold

b. visible

c. not moving

d. not melted

10)Christmas is a time when Dad reverts to his childhood. I really


think he looks forward to Santa’s visit more than any other
member of the family. Mom says that he’ll always be a child
during this season.

* What does “reverts” mean in the above passage?


a. stands up straight

b. peeks at presents

c. drinks too much egg nog

d. goes back to being what he was

11.Fortunately, the explosion diverted the asteroid from a course


that would have sent it hurdling into our planet.

* To divert is to _______.

a. change the direction of

b. look for really high waves

c. jump into a dry river

d. look through a telescope

12. A wonderful 98 year old woman is working day and night to


knit scarves to send as gifts for the troops. What a selfless person
she is!
* A selfless woman _______.

a. is selfish

b. has no name

c. likes to wear scarves

d. cares more about others than herself

Each sentence or paragraph contains an underlined word. Use the


context to figure out the meanings of those words. Those
underlined words will be the answers in the crossword puzzle.

*13) I don’t think the runners can sustain their fast pace
throughout the entire race.

*14) This course will encompass every fact I know about the art of
toe painting. You will be an expert when you are done.

* 15) Eddie’s face still smarts hours after being hit by the tennis
ball.

*16) The dictator tried to mollify the angry crowd with promises of
better living conditions and more rights.

*17) Andy and Sandy have many opposite traits. Andy is an


amiable character while Sandy isn’t even slightly friendly.
*18) True learning requires thinking. Indoctrination requires the
absence of thought. Don’t allow yourself to be indoctrinated.

*19) Your cantankerous uncle won’t let us play ball in his lot. He
says that children are all pests.

Word Meanings From Context

Across

5. Friendly

6. Hurts

7. To keep in effect

Down

1. Brainwashing

2. Grouchy

3. Include

4. Soothe
20) Invent a story about halloween (5 lines)

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME_________________________________________

1)les gustaria o no les gustaria mirar al ladron?

__________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

pas.voice___________________________________________2)mira
rian o no mirarian al ladron?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________
no____________________________________________

pas.voice___________________________________________3)esta
rian o no estarian mirando al ladron?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

4)miraron o no miraron al ladron?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

pas.voice___________________________________________5)habr
a o no habra estado mirando al ladron?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no____________________________________________

6)tendrá o no tendrá que mirar al ladron?

_____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________
pas.voice___________________________________________7)ella
mira o no mira a los ladrones?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

8)ella estara o no estara mirando a los ladrones?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

pas.voice___________________________________________9)ella
ha o no ha mirado a los ladrones?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

10)ella deberia o no deberia mirar a los ladrones?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

pas.voice___________________________________________
CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

11) Janeth no canta las 2 canciones

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

12)Janeth no habia cantado las 2 canciones

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________

13)Janeth no va a cantar las 2 canciones

av________________________________

pv________________________________

14)Janeth no estaba cantando las 2 canciones

av________________________________

pv________________________________

15)Janeth no podria cantar las 2 canciones

av________________________________

pv_________________________________
ANSWER THE QUESTIONS

16) The days of the week are_______________________

_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

17)the months of the year are_______________________

_______________________________________________

18)the ordinal numbers from 199° to 210°


are____________________

________________________________________________

_________________________________________________

_________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

19) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

20)the superlative of
good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec3)

Topics :to be +ing /simple tenses/perfect and perfect


progressive/conditionals and modal auxiliaries/
NAME_____________________________________________

Write wrote written…escribir/the poet…el poeta/letters…cartas

1)los poetas escribieron las cartas?


_______________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

2)a los poetas les gustaría escribir las cartas?


___________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

3)los poetas van a escribir las cartas?


______________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________
4)los poetas estarán escribiendo las cartas?
_______________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

5)los poetas escribiran las cartas?


_______________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

6)los poetas estuvieron escribiendo las cartas?


________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________
7)los poetas estarían escribiendo las cartas?
_________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

8)los poetas tienen que escribir el avion?


____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no___________________________________________

9)los poetas han escrito el avion?


_____________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________
10)los poetas tuvieron que escribir las cartas?
___________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

attack attacked attacked/the lion/the elephant

11)el leon ataca al elefante?_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

12)el leon esta atacando al elefante?


_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

13)el leon ataco al elefante?_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________
14)el leon estara atacando al elefante?
_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

15)el leon atacara al elefante?_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

16)el leon estuvo atacando al elefante?


_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

17)el leon estaba atacando al elefante?


_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________
18)hay leon atacando al elefante?
_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

19)habra leon atacando al elefante?


_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

20)los leones atacaron al elefante?


_______________________________

yes,____________________________________________

no,_____________________________________________

21) a)days of the week

b)months of the year


ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec3)

Topics :to be +ing /simple tenses/perfect and perfect


progressive/conditionals and modal auxiliaries/active and passive
voice/reported speech/

NAME_____________________________________________

Write wrote written…escribir/the poet…el poeta/letters…cartas

1)los poetas escribieron las cartas?


_______________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________
Rep.speech_______________________________________

2)a los poetas les gustaría escribir las cartas?


___________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

3)los poetas van a escribir las cartas?


______________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

4)los poetas estarán escribiendo las cartas?


_______________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________
Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

5)los poetas escribiran las cartas?


_______________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

6)los poetas estuvieron escribiendo las cartas?


________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

7)los poetas estarían escribiendo las cartas?


_________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________
.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

8)los poetas tienen que escribir el avion?


____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no___________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

9)los poetas han escrito el avion?


_____________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

10)los poetas tuvieron que escribir las cartas?


___________________________________________
.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

11) a)days of the week

b)months of the year

12) ordinal numbers from 31° to 45°


7 sobre 10 =aprobado

6 sobre 10 = no aprobado

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec)

Topics :to be +ing /simple tenses/perfect and perfect


progressive/conditionals and modal auxiliaries/active and passive
voice/reported speech/

NAME_____________________________________________

Fly flew flown…volar/the pilot…el piloto


1)los pilotos volaron los aviones?
_______________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

2)a los pilotos les gustaría volar los aviones?


___________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

3)los pilotos van a volar los aviones?


______________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________
4)los pilotos estarán volando los aviones?
_______________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

5)los pilotos volaran los aviones?


_______________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

6)los pilotos estuvieron volando los aviones?


________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________
Rep.speech_______________________________________

7)los pilotos estarían volando los aviones?


_________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

8)los pilotos tienen que volar el avion?


____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no___________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

9)los pilotos han volado el avion?


_____________________________________________

yes.____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________
Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

10)los pilotos tuvieron que volar los aviones?


___________________________________________

.yes____________________________________________

.no_____________________________________________

Pas.voice_________________________________________

Rep.speech_______________________________________

7 sobre 10 =aprobado

6 sobre 10 = no aprobado

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec)


Topics: active/passive voice,reported speech, pronouns,
adjectives,numbers,days and months

NAME_____________________________________________

Pick up picked up picked up …recoger/

1)James y Martin recoge el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

2)James y Martin esta recogiendo el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

3)James y Martin va a recoger al niño el niño


English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________
Repor.speech___________________________________

4)James y Martin estara recogiendo el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

5)James y Martin recogera el niño


English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

6)James y Martin ha recogido el niño


English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech________________________________
7)James y Martin recogerian el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

8) James y Martin tuvieron que recoger el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

9)James y Martin estarían recogiendo el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

10)James y Martin recogieron el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________
Repor.speech___________________________________

._____________________________________________

11) the days of the week are?


_______________________________________________

__________________________________________________

_________________________________________________

12)the months of the year are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
__________

13)

Comparative superlative

Crazy

Interesting

Far
Old

Good

Bad

Much

High

Little

clear

14)write the following ordinal numbers from 1990° to 2000°

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________

15 PUNTOS=APROBADO

14 PUNTOS=NO APROBADO
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec)

Topics: passive voice/pronouns

NAME_____________________________________________

Steal stole stolen: robar/the purse…el bolso/the burglar…el


ladron
Translate into English and then to passive voice

1) James y Martin no van a robar el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

2) James y Martin no estaban recogiendo el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

3) James y Martin no han robado el niño?

.____________________________________________

.pv_____________________________________________

4) James y Martin no estarán recogiendo el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

5) James y Martin no robarán el niño

.____________________________________________?
.pv_____________________________________________

6) James y Martin no deberían robar el niño

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

7) el ladrón roba el niño

.____________________________________________

.pv_____________________________________________

8) el ladrón no va a robar el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

9) el ladrón no habrá robado el bolso ¿

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

10)a James y Martin no les gustaría robar el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

11) James y Martin no estarían recogiendo el niño?

.____________________________________________?
.pv_____________________________________________

12) James y Martin y yo no robaremos el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________?

13) James y Martin no habrían robado el niño si ?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

14) James y Martin no estuvieron recogiendo el bolso?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

15)James y Martin y yo no íbamos a robar el bolso?

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

16) habrá leones recogiendo el niño?


_____________________________________________

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

17) los leones estaran recogiendo el niño?


_____________________________________________
.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

18) habia leones recogiendo a el niño?


_____________________________________________

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

19) the days of the week are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
__________

20)the months of the year are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
__________
15 PUNTOS=APROBADO

14 PUNTOS=NO APROBADO

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME_________________________________________

CHANGE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN ANSWER WITH YES AND NO


AND THEN INTO PASSIVE VOICE
E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOIC

los gatos= the cats al pajaro=the bird

bailar.. dance danced danced -cantar..sing sang sung-


dormir..sleep slept slept

1)los gatos bailan rock?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

2)los gatos estan bailando y cantando rock?


E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

3)los gatos iban a bailar e iban a cantar rock?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________
RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos bailaran y cantaran rock?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

5)los gatos han bailado y han cantado rock?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________
no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN ANSWER THE


QUESTIONS

6)que estabas haciendo ayer?

___________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

7)cual es tu comida favorita ?porque?

________________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________
8)tu dormiste a las 11pm ayer?

________________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

9)A the days of the week are___________________________

____________________________________________________?

B the months of the year are?__________________________

____________________________________________________

____________________________________________________

10)escriban los numeros ordinales de 1º a 20º:


____________ ________________
_____________________________

_______________________ _______________________
___________________________

_____________ _______________ ______________________

___________ ________________________
________________________________

_______________________ _________________________
_______________________

_____________________ _________________________
_________________________

CADA PUNTO

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


PROCESS EXAM 5 (rec)

NAME_________________________________________

1)les gustaria o no les gustaria cerrar la puerta?

__________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________
2)cerrarian o no cerrarian la puerta?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

3)estarian o no estarian cerrando la puerta?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

4)cerraron o no cerraron la puerta?


______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

5)habra o no habra cerrado la puerta?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no____________________________________________

6)habra o no habra puerta?

_____________________________________________
yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)ella cierra o no cierra la puerta?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

8)ella estara o no estara cerrando la puerta?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________
no___________________________________________

9)ella ha o no ha cerrado la puerta?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

10)ella deberia o no deberia cerrar la puerta?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________
CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

11) Janeth y yo no cerrabamos la puerta

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

12)Janeth y yo no habíamos cerrado la puerta

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________
13)Janeth y yo no ibamos a cerrar la puerta

av________________________________

pv________________________________

14)Janeth y yo no estabamos cerrando la puerta

av________________________________

pv________________________________

15)Janeth y yo no cerrariamos la puerta

av________________________________

pv_________________________________
ANSWER THE QUESTIONS

16) The days of the week are_______________________

_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

17)the months of the year are_______________________

_______________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________
________________________________________________

18)the numbers from 1999 to 2010 are____________________

________________________________________________

_________________________________________________

_________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

19) the comparative of


good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

20)the superlative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec)

Topics: active/passive voice,reported speech, pronouns,


adjectives,numbers,days and months

NAME_____________________________________________

Pick up picked up picked up …recoger/

1)James y Martin recoge el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

2)James y Martin esta recogiendo el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________
3)James y Martin va a recoger al niño el niño
English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

4)James y Martin estara recogiendo el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

5)James y Martin recogera el niño


English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

6)James y Martin ha recogido el niño


English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________
Repor.speech________________________________

7)James y Martin recogerian el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

8) James y Martin tuvieron que recoger el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

9)James y Martin estarían recogiendo el niño

English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

10)James y Martin recogieron el niño


English_______________________________________

Pas.voice___________________________________________

Repor.speech___________________________________

._____________________________________________

11) the days of the week are?


_______________________________________________

__________________________________________________

_________________________________________________

12)the months of the year are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
__________

13)

Comparative superlative

Crazy
Interesting

Far

Old

Good

Bad

Much

High

Little

clear

14)write the following ordinal numbers from 1990° to 2000°

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________
15 PUNTOS=APROBADO

14 PUNTOS=NO APROBADO
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec)

Topics: passive voice/pronouns

NAME_____________________________________________
Steal stole stolen: robar/the purse…el bolso/the burglar…el
ladron

Translate into English and then to passive voice

1) James y Martin no van a robar el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

2) James y Martin no estaban recogiendo el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

3) James y Martin no han robado el niño?

.____________________________________________

.pv_____________________________________________

4) James y Martin no estarán recogiendo el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________
5) James y Martin no robarán el niño

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

6) James y Martin no deberían robar el niño

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

7) el ladrón roba el niño

.____________________________________________

.pv_____________________________________________

8) el ladrón no va a robar el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

9) el ladrón no habrá robado el bolso ¿

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

10)a James y Martin no les gustaría robar el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________
11) James y Martin no estarían recogiendo el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

12) James y Martin y yo no robaremos el niño?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________?

13) James y Martin no habrían robado el niño si ?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

14) James y Martin no estuvieron recogiendo el bolso?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

15)James y Martin y yo no íbamos a robar el bolso?

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

16) habrá leones recogiendo el niño?


_____________________________________________

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________
17) los leones estaran recogiendo el niño?
_____________________________________________

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

18) habia leones recogiendo a el niño?


_____________________________________________

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

19) the days of the week are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
__________

20)the months of the year are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

________________________________________________________
__________
15 PUNTOS=APROBADO

14 PUNTOS=NO APROBADO

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5 (rec)

Topics: passive voice/pronouns

NAME_____________________________________________
Steal stole stolen: robar/the purse…el bolso/the burglar…el
ladron

Translate into English and then to passive voice

1) los ladrones no van a robar los bolsos?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

2) los ladrones no estaban robando los bolsos?

.____________________________________________?
.pv_____________________________________________

3) los ladrones no han robado los bolsos?

.____________________________________________

.pv_____________________________________________

4) los ladrones no estarán robando los bolsos?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

5) los ladrones no robarán los bolsos


.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

6) los ladrones no deberían robar los bolsos

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

7) el ladrón roba los bolsos

.____________________________________________

.pv_____________________________________________

8) el ladrón no va a robar los bolsos?


.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

9) el ladrón no habrá robado el bolso ¿

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

10)a los ladrones no les gustaría robar los bolsos?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

11) Los ladrones no estarían robando los bolsos?


.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

12) Los ladrones y yo no robaremos los bolsos?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________?

13) Los ladrones no habrían robado los bolsos si ?

.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

14) Los ladrones no estuvieron robando el bolso?


.____________________________________________?

.pv_____________________________________________

15)los ladrones y yo no íbamos a robar el bolso?

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________

16) habrá leones robando los bolsos?


_____________________________________________

.____________________________________________

._____________________________________________
17) los leones estaran robando los bolsos?
_____________________________________________

.______________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME_________________________________________

CHANGE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN INTO PASSIVE VOICE AND


THEN INTO REPORTED SPEECH
1)los gatos muerden al pajaro?

E________________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS______________________________________

2)los gatos estan mordiendo y comiendo al pajaro?

E____________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS___________________________________________

3)los gatos van a morder y van a comer al pajaro?


E_____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos morderan y comeran al pajaro?

E____________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS___________________________________________

5)los gatos habian mordido y habian comido al pajaro?

E_______________________________________________
PV______________________________________________

RS______________________________________________

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN ANSWER THE


QUESTIONS

6)que harias si tu fueras rico?

___________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

7)que hiciste ayer en tu casa a las 10pm?

________________________________________________?
R_______________________________________________

8)tu duermes siempre a las 11pm?

________________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

9)A the days of the week are___________________________

____________________________________________________?

B the months of the year are?__________________________

____________________________________________________

____________________________________________________
10)object pronouns reflexive pronouns possessive pronouns

________________ ________________ _________________

_______________________ _______________________
_________________________

_______________________ _______________________
_________________________

______________________ ________________________
_________________________

_____________________ _________________________
_________________________

_____________________ _________________________
_________________________

_____________________ _________________________
_________________________
_____________________ _________________________
_________________________

vocabularies

bite bit bitten//morder pajaro// bird

CADA PUNTO VALE 0.5

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME_____________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

THE GARDEN THAT MOVED HOUSE !

Read the text and answer the questions.


• Artist Verena Devoy loves gardening. It is her passion. Until
three days ago she lived in a lovely little thatched cottage in a
village near Cambridge. She spent ten years and thousands of
pounds to make her garden there beautiful. She had flowers and
plants for every season of the year.

• In autumn, big orange chrysanthemums grew next to the gold of


the trees and bushes. In winter, little snowdrops grew in the grass
and under the trees. In spring there were bright yellow daffodils
all over her front lawn and tulips and primroses next to the path.
And summer! Summer was the prettiest season of all! She bought
hundreds of roses to fill every part of the garden: she bought
climbing roses to put round the windows and doors, pink roses
for the front garden, and red and white roses for the back. A lot of
people came to the village especially to see Verena’s garden. It
was more beautiful than the park.

• Then last summer she decided that she would like to move to a
bigger house. It was easy to sell her beautiful cottage. Mr and Mrs
Grey from London came to see it.

• ‘We fell in love with it immediately, especially the garden –we


couldn’t believe the colours of the roses. We wanted to move from
London because we didn’t have a garden there.

• Of course Mr and Mrs Grey bought the cottage and at the end of
the summer they moved from London. They arrived at the cottage.
‘There was no garden! There was a brown field with some stones
and rocks. There weren’t any flowers or trees and there wasn’t
any grass! It looked terrible! We couldn’t believe our eyes!’

• But it was true! Verena Devoy loved the garden so much that she
took it with her when she left. Five large lorries carried all the
flowers, trees, and plants to her new house five miles away. It cost
£1,000! She says:

• ‘I’ve got a much bigger garden now and I’m going to make it
even more beautiful than my first garden. I’m going to plant all the
flowers and trees again and this time I’m going to have a pond
with some goldfish.’

• And Mr and Mrs Grey? What do they say? ‘She can’t do this! We
bought the garden with the house! We’re going to see our
solicitor!’

a) What is Verena’s job? What is her hobby?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

b) Why did she spend thousands of pounds?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

c) Which was the most colourful season in her garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

d) Why did Verena want to move?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________
e) Did Mr and Mrs Grey like the cottage when they first saw it?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

f) Why were they shocked when they arrived at the cottage?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

g) How much did Verena pay to move her garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

h) What are her plans for her new garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

i) What are Mr and Mrs Grey going to do?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

LANGUAGE WORK: HERE ARE SOME ANSWERS. COMPLETE


THE QUESTIONS.

a) How much did she spend to make her garden beautiful?


Thousands of pounds?

b) Which was ?

Summer. Because of all the roses.

c) Why ?
_________________________________________________?

To see Verena’s garden.

d) Was ?
_________________________________________________?

Yes, it was. Very easy.

e) Why ?
_________________________________________________?

Because they wanted to have a garden.

f) When ?
_________________________________________________?

At the end of the summer.

g) Has Verena
_________________________________________________now?

Yes, she has. It’s much bigger.

h) Who ?
_________________________________________________?

Their solicitor.
QUESTIONS:

b) Which was the prettiest season?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

c) Why did a lot of people come to the village?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

d) Was the cottage easy to sell?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

e) Why did the Greys want to move from London?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

f) When did they move?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

g) Has Verena got a bigger house now?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

h) Who are the Greys going to see?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE -

NAME__________________________________________________

JULIE’S RACE

BY WANDA HANN

The dogsled race was about to begin. Julie’s team of dogs was
lined up at the starting gate. Julie stood behind them. The air was
so cold that she could see her breath. Other teams were lined up,
too, and the dogs were excited. Julie kept her eyes on the clock.
At exactly ten o’clock, she and the other racers yelled, "Mush!"
The dogs knew that meant "Go!" They leapt forward and the race
began!

Julie had trained months for this race, and she hoped she and her
dogs would win. Hour after hour, day after day, Julie’s dogs
pulled the sled in order to get in shape for the race.

Now, they ran over snowy hills and down into frozen valleys. They
stopped only to rest and eat. They wanted to stay ahead of the
other teams. The racers had to go a thousand miles across
Alaska. Alaska is one of the coldest places on Earth. The dogs’
thick fur coats helped keep them warm in the cold wind and
weather. In many places along the route, the snow was deep.
Pieces of ice were as sharp as a knife. The ice could cut the dogs’
feet. To keep that from happening, Julie had put special booties
on their feet.

At first, the dogs seemed to pull the sled very slowly. They were
still getting used to the race. But on the third day out, they began
to pull more quickly. They worked as a team and passed many of
the other racers. Once, one of the sled’s runners slid into a hole
and broke. Julie could have given up then, but she didn't. She
fixed it and they kept going.

When they finally reached the finish line, they found out that they
had come in first place! It was a great day for Julie and her dogs.

1) The author of "Julie’s Race" wrote the story in order to

___ describe how dogs stay warm in cold weather.

___ tell about a dogsled race.

___ explain how cold it can be in winter.

___ entertain the reader with funny stories about dogs.

2) Where does the dogsled race take place?

___in Antarctica

___on a track

___in Alaska

___in a field
3) What happened BEFORE the dogs began running?

___The dogs pulled the sled slowly.

___Julie and the dogs lined up at the starting gate.

___The runner on Julie’s sled broke.

___The dogs pulled the sled over hills and into valleys.

4) Read this sentence from the story.

Julie’s team of dogs was lined up at the starting gate.

What does “team” mean?

___friends and family

___to join together

___many dogs

___a group working together

5) Why did Julie and her dogs win the race?


_____________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

Use the story to explain your answer.


6) Why don’t the dogs freeze in the cold weather?

___Julie puts special booties on their feet.

___They sleep by the fire at night.

___Their thick fur coats keep them warm.

___It doesn’t get very cold in Alaska.

7) Read this sentence from the story.

The dogs’ thick fur coats helped keep them warm in the cold wind
and weather.

What does “thick” mean?

___thin

___hard

___fat

___skinny

8) What kind of person is Julie?

Use the story to help explain your


answer._________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________
GRAMMAR STRUCTURES

9) tu tendrías que caminar en la calle?


___________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs________________________________________

10) El tiene que caminar en la calle?


___________________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

rs________________________________________

11) ellas debieron haber caminado en la calle?________


____________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

12)reflexive pronouns
________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

13)Possessive pronouns
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

14)Object
pronouns________________________________________________
_________

________________________________________________________
______________

15) Ustedes habrían caminado en la calle?

________________________________________________________
___________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

APROBADO = 11 PUNTOS O MAS

NO APROBADO = 10 PUNTOS O MENOS

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5
NAME_________________________________________

1)les gustaria o no les gustaria cerrar la puerta?

________________________________________________________
____
yes_____________________________________________________
_____

no______________________________________________________
_____

2)cerrarían o no cerrarían la puerta?

________________________________________________________
____

yes_____________________________________________________
_____

no______________________________________________________
_____

3)estarían o no estarían cerrando la puerta?

________________________________________________________
_____

yes_____________________________________________________
_____

no______________________________________________________
_____

4)cerraron o no cerraron la puerta?

________________________________________________________
____

yes_____________________________________________________
_____
no______________________________________________________
_____

5)habrá o no habrá cerrado la puerta?

________________________________________________________
____

yes_____________________________________________________
_____

no______________________________________________________
_____

6)habrá o no habrá puerta?

________________________________________________________
_____

yes_____________________________________________________
_____

no______________________________________________________
_____

7)ella cierra o no cierra la puerta?

________________________________________________________
_____

yes_____________________________________________________
_____

no______________________________________________________
_____
8)ella estará o no estará cerrando la puerta?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

9)ella ha o no ha cerrado la puerta?_____________


_____________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

10)ella debería o no debería cerrar la puerta?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

11) Janeth y yo no cerrábamos la puerta

av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

12)Janeth y yo no habíamos cerrado la puerta

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________
13)Janeth y yo no ibamos a cerrar la puerta

av________________________________

pv________________________________

14)Janeth y yo no estabamos cerrando la puerta

av________________________________

pv________________________________

15)Janeth y yo no cerraríamos la puerta

av________________________________

pv_________________________________
19) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

20)the superlative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________
much_______________far____________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

*14 pts o mas =APROBADO 13 pts o menos = NO


APROBADO

NAME_________________________________________

1)les gustaría o no les gustaría cerrar las puertas?

__________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

2)cerrarían o no cerrarían las puertas?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

PV________________________________________________

3) estarían o no estarían cerrando las puertas?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________
no____________________________________________

4)cerraron o no cerraron las puertas?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

PV______________________________________________________
_______

5)habrá o no habrá estado cerrando las puertas?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no____________________________________________

6)habrá o no habrá puerta?

_____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)ella cierra o no cierra las puertas?

____________________________________________
yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

8)ella estara o no estara cerrando las puertas?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

9)ella ha o no ha cerrado las puertas?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

10)ella tiene o no tiene que cerrar las puertas?

________________________________________________
yes_____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

11) Maritza y yo no cerrábamos la puerta?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

PV______________________________________________________
_______

12)Maritza y yo no íbamos a cerrar la puerta?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

PV______________________________________________________
_______

13)Maritza y yo no tenemos que cerrar la puerta?


______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

PV______________________________________________________
_______

14)Maritza y yo no estábamos cerrando la puerta?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

PV______________________________________________________
_______

15)Maritza y yo no cerraríamos la puerta?


________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________
REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
___

PV______________________________________________________
_______

16) Object pronouns: _________ __________ ___________


__________ __________

__________ ___________ ____________ ____________

17) reflexive pronouns: : _________ __________ ___________


__________

__________ __________ ___________ ____________


____________

________________________________________________

18) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


ENGLISH EXAM 5

Name___________________________________________________
___________

listen to listened to listened to … escuchar

Eat ate eaten … comer

1. Jhon ha estado escuchando la radio y ha estado comiendo


carne?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,
________________________________________________________
_______

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

2. Jhon escucho la radio y comió carne?


________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
______

No,
________________________________________________________
_____

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

3. Jhon tuvo que escuchar la radio y tuvo que comer carne?

________________________________________________________
__________ ?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
_______

No,
________________________________________________________
____

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____
REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

4.a Jhon le gustaría escuchar la radio y le gustaría comer carne

________________________________________________________
_______?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
______

No,
________________________________________________________
____

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

5.Jhon estaría escuchando la radio y estaría comiendo carne?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes ,____________________________________________________
___________

No,
________________________________________________________
______

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____
6) Jhon Habrá escuchado la radio y Habrá comido carne?

________________________________________________________
_____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

7) Jhon escucha la radio y come carne?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

8) Jhon podría estar escuchando la radio y podría estar comiendo


carne?
________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,
________________________________________________________
_______

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

9)tu habrás escuchado música y habrás comido carne?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

10)tu tienes que escuchar música y tu tienes que comer carne?

________________________________________________________
_____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____
REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

11) Tu escucharías música y comerías carne?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

12) Habrá música y Habrá carne?


____________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

13) Tu estarás escuchando música y estarás comiendo carne?

________________________________________________________
__________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

14.Jhon y tu escucharon música y comieron carne?

________________________________________________________
_____?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
__________

No,_____________________________________________________
___________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
____

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

15. John y tu habían estado escuchando música y habían estado


comiendo carne

________________________________________________________
_________?

Yes,
________________________________________________________
___
No,_____________________________________________________
___________

16.Jhon y tu tendrán que escuchar música y tendrán que comer


carne?

________________________________________________________
______?

yes_____________________________________________________
___________

no______________________________________________________
_________

17-18-19-20)

Adjectives comparatives
superlatives

Good _________________
____________________

Bad _________________
____________________

Little _________________
____________________

Far _________________
____________________

Easy _________________
____________________
Interesting _________________
____________________

Big _________________
____________________

Old _________________
____________________

Much _________________
____________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE proceso 5

NAME____________________________________

“ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS”

Directions: Read the story. Then answer the questions below.

Leonard James is a homeless man. For him, life is always hard.


He is always hungry. His shoes have holes in them. He needs a
haircut. His clothes are old and dirty.

“What I would do with one hundred dollars!” Leonard says. This


is a game he likes to play with himself to take his mind off things.
He is walking down the street on a Thursday night. The winter air
is cold on his face.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could buy new socks,” he says. He
continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could get a haircut,” he says. He


continues to walk down the street.
“If I had one hundred dollars, I could buy new pants,” he says. He
continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could get a hamburger,” he says.


His stomach rumbles at the thought.

“If I had….” Leonard looks down at the sidewalk. He cannot


believe what he sees! Someone has lost his wallet. Leonard picks
it up. Inside are five twenty-dollar bills. “One hundred dollars!”
Leonard says. He is very excited. “Now I can buy everything I
want!” Then Leonard begins to think. “But this is not my money,”
he says. Leonard goes to the police station. He gives a police
officer the wallet and money.

“Thank you,” says the police officer. “You are a very honest
man.”Leonard smiles. He turns around and begins to leave the
police station. “Hold on,” the police officer says. He reaches in his
own pocket and gives Leonard ten dollars. “Get yourself
something to eat.”

1) What is life like for Leonard?

A. It is hard.

B. It is easy.

C. It is warm.

D. It is full of good food.

2) How does the reader know that Leonard is poor?

I. He finds a wallet.
II. He has no home.

III. He is always hungry.

A. I only

B. I and II

C. II and III

D. I, II, and III

3) Why does Leonard think about what he would do with a


hundred dollars?

A. It helps him go to sleep.

B. It takes his mind off things.

C. The police officer asks him to.

D. He knows he will find the money.

4) What time of year is it?

A. spring

B. summer

C. fall

D. winter
5) What does Leonard say he would do with a hundred dollars?

I. get a haircut

II. buy new clothes

III. get a hotel room

A. I only

B. I and II

C. II and III

D. I, II, and III

6) Why does Leonard's stomach rumble?

A. because he is hungry

B. because he is tired

C. because his clothes are dirty

D. because he is homeless

7) “He cannot believe what he sees. ”What is another way to write


this sentence?

A. He thinks what he sees is crazy.

B. He feels what he sees is good luck.

C. He thinks what he sees cannot be true.

D. He thinks what he sees is scary.


8) Why does Leonard go to the police station?

A. because he owes money

B. because he wants a reward

C. because the wallet is not his

D. because he has committed a crime

9) What kind of man does Leonard seem to be?

A. bad

B. dumb

C. good

D. old

10) As used at the end of the story, what does it mean to be


honest?

A. to feel good

B. to want more

C. to be truthful

D. to be hopeful

11) How does Leonard seem to feel about what he has done?

A. angry

B. happy
C. sad

D. unsure

12) What does the police officer give Leonard?

A. advice

B. a handshake

C. money to eat

D. the one hundred dollars

13) What kind of man does the police officer seem to be?

A. angry

B. busy

C. kind

D. mean

14) Why does the police officer give Leonard ten dollars?

A. to surprise Leonard

B. so Leonard feels better about returning the wallet

C. because it is part of his job

D. because he wants to get Leonard off the streets

15) If you found one hundred dollars, would you keep it? Why or
why not?
________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME___________________________________________________
____________________

Read carefully the following text and then answer the 5 questions
above

AN INDEPENDENT NATION

Before the United States was a country, it was a group of English


colonies. Until 1763, England didn’t really bother the American
colonists. The people handled their business the way they
wanted. However, England had a lot of war debts to pay. Some of
the money was owed because England had defended the colonies
in the French and Indian War. Citizens who were living in England
wanted taxes to be lowered. The king decided to take more
control over the colonies to get the money to pay off the debts. He
started a new tax for the colonies. After being left to make their
own decisions for so long, some of the colonists did not want to
give up control. They did not want to pay high taxes. They did not
want to follow rules that didn’t make sense to them. Colonists
were not given a chance to participate in government decisions in
England.

The colonists were divided. Loyalists wanted the colonies to stay


part of England. Patriots wanted America to be established as an
independent nation.

The Patriots decided that it was time to send a letter to the king.
They wanted to make an official declaration, or statement, of
independence. Thomas Jefferson wrote the group’s ideas into a
letter to King George III. Jefferson explained why the colonists
believed they no longer had to listen to his authority. By signing
the Declaration of Independence, the men were risking their lives
if the colonies lost the war. They signed it anyway.

Fighting in the American Revolutionary War had already begun


when Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence. After the
war was over, there was still work to do. The job of uniting 13
separate colonies into one nation had to be done. It was a difficult
process with lots of compromises. In 1781 the Constitution was
written to describe the rights and responsibilities of the new
government and its people.

Answer the following questions based on the reading passage.


Don’t forget to go back to the passage whenever necessary to
find or confirm your answers.
1) What country did the American colonies belong to before the
American Revolutionary War?_________________
_____________________________________________________

2) Why did King George III decided to take more control over the
colonies than he had before?
________________________________________________________
__________________

3) Did all the colonists think that it was time to be independent


from England?
Explain._________________________________________________
_______________________________

4) Do you think you would have been willing to risk death by


signing the declaration of independence? Why, or why not?

________________________________________________________
_______________________________

5) What are some rights and responsibilities you think citizens


should have?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______

GRAMMAR STRUCTURE

Turn on turned on turned on – prender/ Turn off turned off


turned off – apagar

Light---luz

1)Jack apagara las luces de la casa ?


________________________________________________________
_______________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,______________________________________________________
___________________________?

RS______________________________________________________
________________________________

2) Jack esta prendiendo las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,______________________________________________________
___________________________?

RS______________________________________________________
________________________________

3) Jack apaga las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
Pv,______________________________________________________
___________________________?

RS______________________________________________________
________________________________

4) Jack iba a prender las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,______________________________________________________
______________________________?

RS______________________________________________________
________________________________

5) Jack ha apagado o ha prendido las luces de la casa?

________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
____________________________?

RS______________________________________________________
________________________________
6) Object pronouns are: ___________ ______________
_______________ _________________ ___________________

_______________ __________________
_____________________ __________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

Proceso 5

NAME__________________________________________________

DUBLIN RESTAURANT GUIDE

A) Before you read (3 points)

1 How often do you eat in restaurants?


__________________________________________

________________________________________________________
___________

2 What kind of restaurants do you like?


______________________________________

________________________________________________________
___________

3 Look up these food words. Which ones do/don’t you like and
why?

lobster
________________________________________________________
_____
________________________________________________________
___________

pork____________________________________________________
____________

________________________________________________________
___________ salmon
________________________________________________________
______

________________________________________________________
___________
rabbit___________________________________________________
___________

________________________________________________________
___________

vegetables_______________________________________________
____________

________________________________________________________
___________

Read the Dublin Restaurant Guide and answer the questions.

Dublin has a wide variety of restaurants for all tastes and all
budgets. Here are some that

you might want to try.

The Victoria Hotel Restaurant (Tues–Sun 11.30–24.00). This


beautiful hotel has a small restaurant on the ground floor serving
Irish specialties as well as foreign dishes. The wild salmon in
champagne sauce is particularly good. The waiters are friendly
and helpful and the wine list is long and excellent, though a little
expensive. Expect to pay around 120 euros for dinner for two with
wine.

The Galway Bay Restaurant (7 days a week 11.00–23.00). What


can you get at the Galway Bay? Seafood, seafood, and more
seafood! Fionnula Kirby, the owner of the Galway Bay, gets fresh
lobster, mussels, oysters, and about 12 kinds of fish brought from
Galway Bay every day. ‘I want the best for my customers,’
Fionnula says, and her customers know it. The restaurant is so
popular that if you want a table you’ll need to book about two
weeks in advance.

The Canal Inn (7 days a week 11.30–23.30) If you are hungry, the
Canal Inn is the place to come. Very noisy and very smoky but the
food is good and the portions are huge! Here you can get Irish
specialities: bacon and cabbage, Irish stew, or some very good
lamb from the Wicklow Mountains. The prices are very
reasonable: less than twelve euros for most meals.

Star of the East (7 days a week 12.00–04.00) This restaurant was


set up by two language students who studied in Dublin: Li Phong
from China and Lena Ganesh from India. ‘Indian and Chinese food
are popular with Dubliners,’ explained Li. ‘Lena and I decided to
join forces and set up our own place.’ Is it good? It certainly is. On
my two visits, I had a mushroom biryani, and a sweet and sour
pork. Both were very good and I will be back in the Star of the
East very soon. Night birds will be happy to know that the Star of
the East is open until 4.00 in the morning!

The Soup Kitchen (Mon-Fri 11.30–17.30) As you probably realize,


the Soup Kitchen serves soup. It is made fresh every day and the
standard is very high. Each large bowl of soup is served with
freshly-baked bread and real Irish butter. It is perfect for a quick
lunch. Smokers should note that the Soup Kitchen has a no
smoking policy.

B) Which restaurant? (1 point each)

1 It serves typically Irish food. ________________

2 It only serves one course. _______________

3 It serves food from other countries. ________________

4 It has a large selection of wine. ________________

5 You need to book 14 days in advance. ________________

C) Choose the correct alternative (1 point each).

1 The Galway Bay Restaurant specializes in meat / fish and


seafood.

2 You can / can’t smoke in the Soup Kitchen.

3 The Canal Inn is very expensive / not very expensive

4 The Star of the East closes early / late.

5 The soup in the Soup Kitchen is not bad / very good.

D) After you read (1 point each)

1 Which restaurant is the best for you and why?


________________________________________________________
___________
________________________________________________________
___________

2 Do you like restaurants with a no smoking policy? Why?


________________________________________________________
____________

________________________________________________________
___________

3 Would you like to open a restaurant? What kind of restaurant?


Why?
________________________________________________________
___________

________________________________________________________
___________ E) OPEN ANSWER (4 points)

If you want to be part of food business and open your own


restaurant, how would you do it? where would you do it and why.
Please explain.________ ___________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME___________________________________________________
___

E =ENGLISH YES= YES NO= NO PV= PASSIVE VOICE

1)los gatos bailan rock?


_________________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

2)a los gatos podrían bailar y cantar rock?_____


________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

3)los gatos iban a bailar e iban a cantar rock?

E_______________________________________________________
_____________

yes,___________________________________________
no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos bailaran y cantaran rock?

E_______________________________________________________
______________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

5)los gatos tuvieron que bailar y tuvieron que cantar rock?

E_______________________________________________________
______________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

CHOOSE THE BEST OPTION WITH AN X

6 - "If you think it's not a problem,____"


I'll take the rest of the week off

I'll be very surprised

We'll make a lot of money

I'll buy you some champagne

7 - "Can you swim?"

No, every time I try I sink like a stone

Of course. Windsurfers do it standing up, you know

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Only in the shower and then not very well

8 - "Can you ski?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Only in the shower and then not very well

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

The only time I tried I broke my leg

9 - "Can you cook?"


Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Not very well, only things out of cans

Only in the shower and then not very well

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

10 - "Can you ride a bike?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

Only in the shower and then not very well

Of course. Windsurfers do it standing up, you know

11 - "Can you windsurf?"

Only in the shower and then not very well

Not very well, only things out of cans

Of course. Windsurfers do it standing up, you know

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

12 - "Can you sing?"


No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

Only in the shower and then not very well

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

No, he's really unclear

13 - "Can you speak French?"

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

Oui

No, he's really unclear

14 - "Can you play tennis?"

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

No, he's really unclear

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

15 - "Can you dive?"

No. Every time I try I really hurt myself

No, he's really unclear

Not very well, only things out of cans


Of course. Wimbledon standard, I am

16 - "Can you understand what he wants?"

No, he's really unclear

Not very well, only things out of cans

The only time I tried I broke my leg

Of course. Good enough to go in the Tour de France, I am

17 - "You wanted that,_______________?"

Didn't you

Would you

Wouldn't you

Do you

18 - "He saw that,_______________?"

Didn't he

Is he

Won't he

Doesn't he

19 - "You know that's right,________________?"

Wouldn't you
Would you

Didn't you

Don't you

20 - "He wil be coming,___________________?"

Did he

Won't he

Is he

Doesn't he

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME___________________________________________________
__________

1)los gatos bailan rock?


_______________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS______________________________________________________
__________
2)los gatos están bailando y cantando rock?
______________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS______________________________________________________
__________

3)los gatos bailaron y cantaron rock?

E_______________________________________________________
_____________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos bailaran y cantaran rock?


____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS______________________________________________________
__________
5)los gatos estarían bailando y estarían cantando rock?

________________________________________________________
_______________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

RS______________________________________________________
__________

6)el gato baila rock y pop?


_______________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS______________________________________________________
__________

7)el gato está bailando y cantando rock y pop?___________


________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________
RS______________________________________________________
__________

8)el gato bailó y cantó rock y pop?

________________________________________________________
____________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

9)el gato tuvo que bailar y cantar rock y pop?__________


______________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS______________________________________________________
__________

10)el gato estará bailando y estará cantando rock y pop?

________________________________________________________
_______________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________
PV______________________________________________

11) The days of the


week________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

12) the months of the


year__________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________________________

13) numbers from 100 to


111______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________

14) possessive
adjectives________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________________________

15) object
pronouns________________________________________________
______
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

Proceso 5

NAME__________________________________________

ANNA MARIA’’S

I love food, and I love to eat at restaurants. As a matter of fact, I


have eaten at over 40 restaurants in the Virginia Beach area just
this year. Because I know a thing or two about local cuisine, I was
surprised by your recent restaurant review, "Anna Maria’s Italian
Café Disappoints" You must have visited Anna Maria’s on a day
when the chef was sick, the waiters were tired, and the owner had
just lost her best friend. I can think of no other reason for you to
have disliked the restaurant—my personal favorite—so much.

You wrote in your review that "Anna Maria’s spaghetti is so


terrible that I wouldn’t feed it to my worst enemy." Now this is a
flat-out lie. Anna Maria’s spaghetti is the best I have ever eaten.
Whenever I lift those strands of pasta on my fork, their aroma
makes my mouth water. Sure, the sauce might be a little gritty, but
I’m certain that’s just how they make it in Italy. Perhaps you
should learn more about authentic Italian food.
You also said in your review that the waiters at Anna Maria’s
seemed "lazy and not at all interested in waiting on me." Are you
sure you were writing about the correct restaurant? Every time I
have visited Anna Maria’s, the service has been excellent, and the
waiters have gone out of their way to show me a good time. In
fact, on one occasion, a particularly exceptional waiter, Daniel I
believe his name was, folded my napkin into the shape of a swan
when I left the table to use the restroom. What is more, he made a
little joke every time he came to refill our water glasses. Daniel's
attention to detail and sense of humor really made my meal a
memorable one.

While I was surprised by your comments about the food and the
waiters at Anna Maria’s, I was even more astounded by what you
said about the owner, Anna Maria herself. She is not "rude" or
"snobby" at all! The last time I ate at the restaurant, she cooked
the best pasta primavera I have ever had.

I hope that you will reconsider the comments you made about
Anna Maria’s Italian Café after reading my letter. I would hate for
your review to damage the restaurant’s business. Anna Maria is a
wonderful restaurateur and she deserves a chance to succeed
just like anyone else!

QUESTIONS

1) This passage would most likely be found in


A. the letters to the editor section of a newspaper

B. a brochure about restaurants in Virginia Beach

C. a handbook intended for those in the food service industry

D. an online collection of food writing

2) As used in paragraph 3, which is the best antonym for


exceptional?

A. defective

B. slow

C. inferior

D. foolish

3) In paragraph 3, the author writes, “Are you sure you were


writing about the correct restaurant?”

Which of the following literary devices is used in this sentence?


A. Pun, characterized by the use of a play on words intended to
suggest the presence of two of more possible meanings. This is
generally intended to produce an effect of irony, humor, or wit.

B. Metaphor, characterized by the comparison of two unlike


things without the use of “like” or “as.” This often involves taking
a concept or identity that is clearly understood and applying it to
a second, less well-known element.

C. Rhetorical question, characterized by a question posed for


effect rather than one that expects a reply.

4) Which of the following represents a flaw in the author's


argument set forth in paragraph 3?

A. The author assumes his or her personal preferences regarding


restaurant service are universal.

B. The author provides evidence to support an argument other


than the one he or she intends to make.

C. The author does not use facts to support his or her argument.

D. The author asks a question and then fails to answer it.

5) Which of the following represents a flaw in the author's


argument set forth in paragraph 4?
A. The author attempts to refute an argument that the reviewer did
not make.

B. The author makes a claim that cannot possibly be true.

C. The author relies on personal experience to support his or her


claim.

D. The author attempts to disprove an argument using irrelevant


evidence.

6) Which of the following accurately describes the organization of


the passage?

A. The author lists reasons why he or she disagrees with the


restaurant review in order of increasing importance.

B. The author lists one of the reviewer’s complaints at the start of


each body paragraph, and then attempts to disprove each
complaint through counterexamples.

C. The author lists the reviewer’s complaints in the opening


paragraph, and then uses the remaining paragraphs to provide his
or her own review of Anna Maria’s.

D. The author shows how his or her opinion of the review


changed over time by providing examples in the body paragraphs.

7) The author’s overall argument could be strengthened by


removing which of the following sentences from the passage?

A. “You must have visited Anna Maria’s on a day when the chef
was sick, the waiters were tired, and the owner had just lost her
best friend.” (paragraph 1)
B. “Sure, the sauce might be a little gritty, but I’m certain that’s
just how they make it in Italy!” (paragraph 2)

C. “Every time I have visited Anna Maria’s, the waiters have gone
out of their way to show me a good time.” (paragraph 3)

D. “I was even more astounded by what you said about the owner,
Anna Maria herself.” (paragraph 4)

8) sera que Jack toma licores?


___________________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

9)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?


_____________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

10) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?


______________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

11) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

12) Jack suele tomar licores?


_____________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

13) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

14) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________


15) Jack tiene que tomar licores?
_______________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

Proceso 5

NAME__________________________________________

ANNA MARIA’’S

I love food, and I love to eat at restaurants. As a matter of fact, I


have eaten at over 40 restaurants in the Virginia Beach area just
this year. Because I know a thing or two about local cuisine, I was
surprised by your recent restaurant review, "Anna Maria’s Italian
Café Disappoints" You must have visited Anna Maria’s on a day
when the chef was sick, the waiters were tired, and the owner had
just lost her best friend. I can think of no other reason for you to
have disliked the restaurant—my personal favorite—so much.

You wrote in your review that "Anna Maria’s spaghetti is so


terrible that I wouldn’t feed it to my worst enemy." Now this is a
flat-out lie. Anna Maria’s spaghetti is the best I have ever eaten.
Whenever I lift those strands of pasta on my fork, their aroma
makes my mouth water. Sure, the sauce might be a little gritty, but
I’m certain that’s just how they make it in Italy. Perhaps you
should learn more about authentic Italian food.

You also said in your review that the waiters at Anna Maria’s
seemed "lazy and not at all interested in waiting on me." Are you
sure you were writing about the correct restaurant? Every time I
have visited Anna Maria’s, the service has been excellent, and the
waiters have gone out of their way to show me a good time. In
fact, on one occasion, a particularly exceptional waiter, Daniel I
believe his name was, folded my napkin into the shape of a swan
when I left the table to use the restroom. What is more, he made a
little joke every time he came to refill our water glasses. Daniel's
attention to detail and sense of humor really made my meal a
memorable one.

While I was surprised by your comments about the food and the
waiters at Anna Maria’s, I was even more astounded by what you
said about the owner, Anna Maria herself. She is not "rude" or
"snobby" at all! The last time I ate at the restaurant, she cooked
the best pasta primavera I have ever had.

I hope that you will reconsider the comments you made about
Anna Maria’s Italian Café after reading my letter. I would hate for
your review to damage the restaurant’s business. Anna Maria is a
wonderful restaurateur and she deserves a chance to succeed
just like anyone else!
QUESTIONS

1) This passage would most likely be found in

A. the letters to the editor section of a newspaper

B. a brochure about restaurants in Virginia Beach

C. a handbook intended for those in the food service industry

D. an online collection of food writing

2) As used in paragraph 3, which is the best antonym for


exceptional?

A. defective

B. slow

C. inferior

D. foolish
3) In paragraph 3, the author writes, “Are you sure you were
writing about the correct restaurant?”

Which of the following literary devices is used in this sentence?

A. Pun, characterized by the use of a play on words intended to


suggest the presence of two of more possible meanings. This is
generally intended to produce an effect of irony, humor, or wit.

B. Metaphor, characterized by the comparison of two unlike


things without the use of “like” or “as.” This often involves taking
a concept or identity that is clearly understood and applying it to
a second, less well-known element.

C. Rhetorical question, characterized by a question posed for


effect rather than one that expects a reply.

4) Which of the following represents a flaw in the author's


argument set forth in paragraph 3?

A. The author assumes his or her personal preferences regarding


restaurant service are universal.

B. The author provides evidence to support an argument other


than the one he or she intends to make.

C. The author does not use facts to support his or her argument.
D. The author asks a question and then fails to answer it.

5) Which of the following represents a flaw in the author's


argument set forth in paragraph 4?

A. The author attempts to refute an argument that the reviewer did


not make.

B. The author makes a claim that cannot possibly be true.

C. The author relies on personal experience to support his or her


claim.

D. The author attempts to disprove an argument using irrelevant


evidence.

6) Which of the following accurately describes the organization of


the passage?

A. The author lists reasons why he or she disagrees with the


restaurant review in order of increasing importance.

B. The author lists one of the reviewer’s complaints at the start of


each body paragraph, and then attempts to disprove each
complaint through counterexamples.

C. The author lists the reviewer’s complaints in the opening


paragraph, and then uses the remaining paragraphs to provide his
or her own review of Anna Maria’s.

D. The author shows how his or her opinion of the review


changed over time by providing examples in the body paragraphs.
7) The author’s overall argument could be strengthened by
removing which of the following sentences from the passage?

A. “You must have visited Anna Maria’s on a day when the chef
was sick, the waiters were tired, and the owner had just lost her
best friend.” (paragraph 1)

B. “Sure, the sauce might be a little gritty, but I’m certain that’s
just how they make it in Italy!” (paragraph 2)

C. “Every time I have visited Anna Maria’s, the waiters have gone
out of their way to show me a good time.” (paragraph 3)

D. “I was even more astounded by what you said about the owner,
Anna Maria herself.” (paragraph 4)

8) sera que Jack toma licores?


___________________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

9)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?


_____________________________________
Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

10) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?


______________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

11) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?
12) Jack suele tomar licores?
_____________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

13) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

14) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________


c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________
_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

15) Jack tiene que tomar licores?


_______________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

Proceso 5

NAME___________________________________________________
____

Dance danced danced = bailar Sing sang sung=


cantar
1)los gatos bailan rock?
_________________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

2)los gatos están bailando y cantando rock?___


____________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

3)los gatos iban a bailar e iban a cantar rock?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos bailaran y cantaran rock?


_________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________
PV___________________________________________

5)los gatos bailarían y cantarían rock?


___________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

6)los gatos habrán bailado y cantado rock?

_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

7) a los gatos les gustaría bailar y cantar rock?

________________________________________________________
____________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

8)los gatos bailaron y cantaron rock?_


_________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________
no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

9)A the days of the week


are_________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
_______________

B the months of the year are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

10) escriban los números ordinales de 1º a 20º:

____________ ________________
_____________________________ _______________________
_______________________
________________________________________ ______________
____________________________ ________________________
________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE- proceso 5

NAME___________________________________________________
__________

ICFES PREPARATION
1)Tell me about yourself.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

2)Why should I hire you?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

3)What are your strengths and weaknesses?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

4)Why do you want to work at our company?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

5)What is the difference between confidence and over


confidence?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
6)What is the difference between hard work and smart work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

7)How do you feel about working nights and weekends?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

8)Can you work under pressure?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

9)Are you willing to relocate or travel?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

10)What are your goals?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

11)What motivates you to do good job?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

12)What makes you angry?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

13)Give me an example of your creativity.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

14)How long would you expect to work for us if hired?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

15)Are not you overqualified for this position?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTe proceso 5


NAME___________________________________________________
_____________

With your own words write an essay about each topic, between 8
to 10 lines each. Do not rewrite the reading; you can just use
some words. The use of dictionary is permitted.

1) THE BEEKEEPER

Ready to Eat!

Honey is used in lots of different recipes. It is delicious when it is


spread onto bread. The beekeeper collects the honey from the
beehive. He takes out the honeycomb which is full of honey. He is
dressed in special clothes so that he doesn’t get stung. In
gardens or farms, beekeepers keep bees in beehives like this one
so they can collect honey. About fifty thousand bees live in one
beehive.

Beehives, making honey

In the country, some bees make their nests in places like the trunk
of a tree. Bees make honeycombs with wax from their own bodies.
The gaps in the honeycomb are where the honey is stored. Bees
fly hundreds of times between flowers and their honeycombs. The
bee sucks nectar with its mouth, which is shaped like a tube.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

2) WHAT IS WIND?

Wind is the movement of air over the surface of the Earth, from
areas of high pressure to low pressure. The Sun gives out all
sorts of radiation, including heat and light energy. When this
energy reaches the Earth, the ground and other surfaces absorb
it, and heat the surrounding air. It's these differences in
temperature, together with the rotation of our planet that creates
the wind.

About 1 to 2 per cent of the energy coming from the sun is


converted into wind energy, which is enough to meet the
electricity needs of the world three times over, and is a source of
power that will never run out.

How is wind made? The density of air. Air, like all substances
around us, has a certain density. The density of air is small but
not zero. If air didn't weigh anything, the atmosphere would float
off into space, which would be bad! There is only a thin layer of
air surrounding the earth, what we know as our atmosphere.

Air Pressure

Because there are miles of air above us and it is all pushing down,
the air at the bottom gets squeezed creating a pressure, like the
pressure you feel at the bottom of a swimming pool. The size of
this pushing force over each unit of area is called the air pressure,
or atmospheric pressure.

Why does wind have a speed?


The rotation of the earth!

As the earth spins on its axis it drags the atmosphere round with
it. However, the air higher up in the atmosphere is less affected by
this dragging/stirring effect. The difference in the air speed at
different levels in the atmosphere causes the air to mix, forming
turbulence, which causes wind at the earth's surface.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

3) RECYCLING GLASS BOTTLES

New glass bottles are made mainly of silica sand. The sand is
melted in a furnace, at a very high temperature. Recycled glass
bottles are made in a very similar way, but cost less and use up
fewer natural resources.

What happens to the old glass bottles?

The process begins when people take their used bottles and jars
to a bottle bank. Next, the bottles and jars are taken by lorry to
the recycling plant. At the plant, bottle tops and lids are removed.
After that, the glass is crushed into small pieces.
Where does the crushed glass go?

The crushed glass is then sent by lorry to a bottle factory. Here, it


is mixed with a small amount of silica sand. It is then melted in a
furnace, at a lower temperature than new glass.

How are the new recycled bottles made?

Finally, the hot liquid glass is drawn out of the furnace and fed
into machinery that makes it into bottles. Recycled glass is as
pure and as strong as new glass. Glass can be recycled many
times without losing its quality.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

4)los pajaros cantan rock?


________________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________
5)los pajaros estan bailando y cantando rock?
_____________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

6)los pajaros van a bailar e van a cantar rock?__


__________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7)los pajaros bailaran y cantaran rock?


__________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

8)los pajaros bailarían y cantarían rock?


__________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________
PV______________________________________________

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN ANSWER THE


QUESTIONS

9) *que estabas haciendo ayer?

________________________________________________________
______________?

R_______________________________________________

*cual es tu comida favorita ?porque?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

R_______________________________________________

*tu dormiste a las 11pm ayer?

________________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

10)escriban los numeros ordinales de 1º a 20º:

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-proceso 5


NAME___________________________________________________
____

Tell me about yourself.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Why should I hire you?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your strengths and weaknesses?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Why do you want to work at our company?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What is the difference between confidence and over confidence?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What is the difference between hard work and smart work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How do you feel about working nights and weekends?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Can you work under pressure?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Are you willing to relocate or travel?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your goals?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What motivates you to do good job?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What makes you angry?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Give me an example of your creativity.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How long would you expect to work for us if hired?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Are not you overqualified for this position?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Describe your ideal company, location and job.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your career options right now?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Explain how would be an asset to this organization?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What are your outside interests?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Would you lie for the company?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Who has inspired you in your life and why?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

What was the toughest decision you ever had to make?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Have you considered starting your own business?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How do you define success and how do you measure up to your


own definition?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

If you won $10 million lottery, would you still work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Tell me something about our company.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

How much salary do you expect?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

Where do you see yourself five years from now?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

On a scale of one to ten, rate me as an interviewer.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

Do you have any questions for me?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
____

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-proceso 5

NAME___________________________________________________
_____________

1.Why did you resign from your previous job?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

2.Why have you been out of work so long?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

3.Why have you had so many jobs?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

4.Tell me about a situation when your work was criticized.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

5.Could you have done better in your last job?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

6.Tell me about the most boring job you have ever had.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

7.May I contact your present employer for a reference?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

8.How many hours a week do you normally work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

9.What was the toughest challenge you have ever faced?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

10.Have you been absent from work more than a few days in any
previous position?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

11.What changes would you make if you came on board?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

12.What would you say to your boss if he is crazy about an idea,


but you think it stinks?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

13.How could you have improved your career progress?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

14.Tell me honestly about the strong points and weak points of


your boss (company, management team, etc.)

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

15.Looking back on your last position, have you done your best
work?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

16.Why should I hire you from the outside when I could promote
someone from within?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

17.How do you feel about reporting to a younger person?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

18.Looking back, what would you do differently in your life?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

19.Why are not you earning more money at this stage of your
career?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________

20. If you could improve anything else at ENGLISH AND FRENCH


INSTITUTE in order to be and to get better teaching English, what
would it be? And why?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

“HALLOWEEN, MORE THAN AN AMERICAN TRADITION”

Halloween, a Celtic Irish tradition and one of the world's oldest


holidays, is still celebrated today in many countries. All Souls’
Day, a festivity two days after Halloween, is the most important
part of the celebration for many people in Mexico, Latin America
and Spain. In Ireland and Canada, where Halloween was once a
frightening and superstitious time of year, the festivity is now
celebrated as in the United States, with trick-or-treating, costume
parties, and fun for all ages. Although most people believe it is an
American holiday, the custom was brought to America in the
1840's by Irish immigrants escaping their country's potato famine.

The word “Halloween" comes from a contraction of “All Hallows


Eve”. The expression referred to the eve of "All Hallows Day" (or
"All Saints Day"), the Catholic festivity celebrated on November
1st.
Different practices and symbols are associated to Halloween. The
custom of trick-or-treat is believed to have originated not with the
Irish Celts, but with a ninth-century European tradition called
souling, in which early Christians walked from village to village
asking for "soul cakes" or square pieces of bread with currants.
The more soul cakes the beggars received, the more prayers they
promised to say for the dead relatives of the donors.

The carved pumpkin, also called Jack-o-lantern, is perhaps the


most famous icon of the holiday. This custom probably comes
from Irish folklore. The Irish used turnips originally. But when the
immigrants came to America, they found that pumpkins were far
more abundant than turnips, and so the Jack-o-lantern became an
emptied pumpkin in America.

ANSWER QUESTIONS 1-3 ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION


GIVEN IN THE TEXT. USE YOUR OWN WORDS.

1. How is Halloween celebrated nowadays in Ireland? Explain.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

2. Why is Halloween not an American tradition?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

3. Justify the reason why Halloween is a word with a Catholic


origin.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___________________________

Fly flew flown= volar the planes

4) Maria voló los aviones?__________


_________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

5) Maria estaría volando los aviones?


________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

6) Maria vuela los aviones?


__________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

7) Maria no iba a volar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________
8) Maria ha volado o no ha volado los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

9) Maria ha estado volando los aviones?

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

10)Maria y yo estaremos volando los aviones?


________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

11) Maria y yo volábamos los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

12) Maria habrá estado volando los aviones o no?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

13) Maria y Jhon tuvieron que volar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

14) Maria había estado volando los aviones o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

15)Maria tiene que volar los aviones ?________


___________________________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
__

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

“HALLOWEEN, MORE THAN AN AMERICAN TRADITION”

Halloween, a Celtic Irish tradition and one of the world's oldest


holidays, is still celebrated today in many countries. All Souls’
Day, a festivity two days after Halloween, is the most important
part of the celebration for many people in Mexico, Latin America
and Spain. In Ireland and Canada, where Halloween was once a
frightening and superstitious time of year, the festivity is now
celebrated as in the United States, with trick-or-treating, costume
parties, and fun for all ages. Although most people believe it is an
American holiday, the custom was brought to America in the
1840's by Irish immigrants escaping their country's potato famine.
The word “Halloween" comes from a contraction of “All Hallows
Eve”. The expression referred to the eve of "All Hallows Day" (or
"All Saints Day"), the Catholic festivity celebrated on November
1st.

Different practices and symbols are associated to Halloween. The


custom of trick-or-treat is believed to have originated not with the
Irish Celts, but with a ninth-century European tradition called
souling, in which early Christians walked from village to village
asking for "soul cakes" or square pieces of bread with currants.
The more soul cakes the beggars received, the more prayers they
promised to say for the dead relatives of the donors.

The carved pumpkin, also called Jack-o-lantern, is perhaps the


most famous icon of the holiday. This custom probably comes
from Irish folklore. The Irish used turnips originally. But when the
immigrants came to America, they found that pumpkins were far
more abundant than turnips, and so the Jack-o-lantern became an
emptied pumpkin in America.

ANSWER QUESTIONS 1-3 ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION


GIVEN IN THE TEXT. USE YOUR OWN WORDS.

1. How is Halloween celebrated nowadays in Ireland? Explain.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

2. Why is Halloween not an American tradition?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

3. Justify the reason why Halloween is a word with a Catholic


origin.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
___________________________

Fly flew flown= volar the planes

4) Maria voló los aviones?__________


_________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________
5) Maria estaría volando los aviones?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

6) Maria vuela los aviones?


__________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

7) Maria no iba a volar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
Pas. Voice______________________________________________

8) Maria ha volado o no ha volado los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

9) Maria ha estado volando los aviones?

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

10)Maria y yo estaremos volando los aviones?


________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

11) Maria y yo volábamos los aviones?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

12) Maria habrá estado volando los aviones o no?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

13) Maria y Jhon tuvieron que volar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas. Voice______________________________________________

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

14) Maria había estado volando los aviones o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

15)Maria tiene que volar los aviones ?________


___________________________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
__

REP. SPEECH____________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE- PROCESS 5

NAME___________________________________________________
_____________

With your own words write an essay about each topic, between 8
to 10 lines each. Do not rewrite the reading; you can just use
some words. The use of dictionary is permitted.

1) THE BEEKEEPER

Ready to Eat!

Honey is used in lots of different recipes. It is delicious when it is


spread onto bread. The beekeeper collects the honey from the
beehive. He takes out the honeycomb which is full of honey. He is
dressed in special clothes so that he doesn’t get stung. In
gardens or farms, beekeepers keep bees in beehives like this one
so they can collect honey. About fifty thousand bees live in one
beehive.
Beehives, making honey

In the country, some bees make their nests in places like the trunk
of a tree. Bees make honeycombs with wax from their own bodies.
The gaps in the honeycomb are where the honey is stored. Bees
fly hundreds of times between flowers and their honeycombs. The
bee sucks nectar with its mouth, which is shaped like a tube.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

2) WHAT IS WIND?

Wind is the movement of air over the surface of the Earth, from
areas of high pressure to low pressure. The Sun gives out all
sorts of radiation, including heat and light energy. When this
energy reaches the Earth, the ground and other surfaces absorb
it, and heat the surrounding air. It's these differences in
temperature, together with the rotation of our planet that creates
the wind.

About 1 to 2 per cent of the energy coming from the sun is


converted into wind energy, which is enough to meet the
electricity needs of the world three times over, and is a source of
power that will never run out.
How is wind made? The density of air. Air, like all substances
around us, has a certain density. The density of air is small but
not zero. If air didn't weigh anything, the atmosphere would float
off into space, which would be bad! There is only a thin layer of
air surrounding the earth, what we know as our atmosphere.

Air Pressure

Because there are miles of air above us and it is all pushing down,
the air at the bottom gets squeezed creating a pressure, like the
pressure you feel at the bottom of a swimming pool. The size of
this pushing force over each unit of area is called the air pressure,
or atmospheric pressure.

Why does wind have a speed?

The rotation of the earth!

As the earth spins on its axis it drags the atmosphere round with
it. However, the air higher up in the atmosphere is less affected by
this dragging/stirring effect. The difference in the air speed at
different levels in the atmosphere causes the air to mix, forming
turbulence, which causes wind at the earth's surface.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

3) RECYCLING GLASS BOTTLES

New glass bottles are made mainly of silica sand. The sand is
melted in a furnace, at a very high temperature. Recycled glass
bottles are made in a very similar way, but cost less and use up
fewer natural resources.

What happens to the old glass bottles?

The process begins when people take their used bottles and jars
to a bottle bank. Next, the bottles and jars are taken by lorry to
the recycling plant. At the plant, bottle tops and lids are removed.
After that, the glass is crushed into small pieces.

Where does the crushed glass go?

The crushed glass is then sent by lorry to a bottle factory. Here, it


is mixed with a small amount of silica sand. It is then melted in a
furnace, at a lower temperature than new glass.

How are the new recycled bottles made?

Finally, the hot liquid glass is drawn out of the furnace and fed
into machinery that makes it into bottles. Recycled glass is as
pure and as strong as new glass. Glass can be recycled many
times without losing its quality.

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________

4)los pajaros cantan rock?


________________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

5)los pajaros estan bailando y cantando rock?


_____________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

6)los pajaros van a bailar e van a cantar rock?__


__________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________
7)los pajaros bailaran y cantaran rock?
__________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

8)los pajaros bailarían y cantarían rock?


__________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH AND THEN ANSWER THE


QUESTIONS

9) *que estabas haciendo ayer?

________________________________________________________
______________?

R_______________________________________________

*cual es tu comida favorita ?porque?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

R_______________________________________________

*tu dormiste a las 11pm ayer?


________________________________________________?

R_______________________________________________

10)escriban los numeros ordinales de 1º a 20º:

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME___________________________________________________
______

1)Dios castigo a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

2) Dios habría castigado a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E____________________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________
RS____________________________________________

3) Dios va a castigar a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

4) Dios estará castigando a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

RS____________________________________________

5) Dios ha castigado a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________
RS____________________________________________

6) Dios castiga a las niñas que molestan a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

7) Dios podrá castigar a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

RS____________________________________________

8) Dios tuvo que castigar a las niñas que molestaron a los gatos?

E________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________
RS____________________________________________

9) A/ days of the
week_____________________________________________

________________________________________________

B/ months of the
year_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________
______________

C/ ordinal numbers from 100° to


120°_______________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

10)* Object pronouns_______________________________

____________________________________________________

• possessive
pronouns________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________

READING AND UNDERSTANDING

TATTOO
Justin’s mom had set down the house rules with aplomb. Only the
most obtuse person would have failed to understand: no tattoos,
no body piercings, and no co-ed sleepovers while living in the
house of Elaine Tucker Brown.

Still, the day Justin turned 18, he lied to his mother about where
he was going and headed straight to the tattoo parlor, as if
impervious to his mother’s wrath. He got a light blue heart the
size of an orange permanently etched on his arm. Above this work
of art was the word “Blessed.”

No, Justin was not stupid, but he was obstinate.

Elaine saw this as an act of sheer defiance. She was incensed, her
anger exacerbated by the fact that Justin had breezed into the
house, found her in the kitchen, taken off his shirt with a smile,
and said, “Got it!”

“No, Justin. Let me tell you what you’ve got,” Elaine said angrily.
“You’ve got five minutes to go upstairs and pack a bag. I’m taking
you to Pop-Pop’s.”

The ride to Pop-Pop’s house was chilly, to say the least. Elaine
berated Justin for everything she could think of, which wasn’t
much because he was a straight-A senior with a full academic
scholarship to his top college pick. He had a kind heart and had
started a foundation in the ninth grade, which donated used
sporting equipment to underprivileged kids in South Africa.

Elaine pulled up to her father’s door and ordered Justin out. Not
10 minutes later, her cell phone rang.

“Elaine, have you lost it? You are kicking a boy who is as good as
him out of the house for a tattoo – that says ‘Blessed,’ no less?”
her father asked, incredulous. “You will miss him so much. Don’t
cut off your nose to spite your face, Elaine. Come pick this young
man up.”

Elaine, having grown up obeying most of her parents’ demands,


turned her car around and went back to pick up her son. Justin
was surprisingly contrite. “Sorry for being so disrespectful,
Mom,” he said earnestly. “I will try to follow house rules from now
on.

”Questions:

11) What other title would best fit this passage?

A. “House Rules”

B. “Visiting Pop-Pop”

C. "Straight A's"

D. “Body Piercings”

12) As used in paragraph 1, which is the best antonym for


obtuse?

A. foolhardy

B. intelligent

C. passionate

D. stubborn

13) Which of the following proverbs does Elaine seem to learn by


the end of the story?

A. much ado about nothing


B. familiarity breeds contempt

C. no arguments will give courage to the coward

D. if words suffice not, blows must follow

14) Which of the following proverbs does Justin seem to learn by


the end of the story?

A. look before you leap

B. pleasure bought with pain hurts

C. youth’s first duty is reverence to parents

D. if men had all they wished, they would often be ruined

15) In the final paragraph, the author writes, "Justin was


surprisingly contrite." Which of the following is the best way to
rewrite the above sentence while keeping its original meaning the
same?

A. Justin was surprisingly relaxed.

B. Justin was surprisingly remorseful.

C. Justin had surprisingly lost his bad attitude.

D. Justin had surprisingly become somber.

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

Proceso EXAM 5t
NAME__________________________________________

ANNA MARIA’’S

I love food, and I love to eat at restaurants. As a matter of fact, I


have eaten at over 40 restaurants in the Virginia Beach area just
this year. Because I know a thing or two about local cuisine, I was
surprised by your recent restaurant review, "Anna Maria’s Italian
Café Disappoints" You must have visited Anna Maria’s on a day
when the chef was sick, the waiters were tired, and the owner had
just lost her best friend. I can think of no other reason for you to
have disliked the restaurant—my personal favorite—so much.

You wrote in your review that "Anna Maria’s spaghetti is so


terrible that I wouldn’t feed it to my worst enemy." Now this is a
flat-out lie. Anna Maria’s spaghetti is the best I have ever eaten.
Whenever I lift those strands of pasta on my fork, their aroma
makes my mouth water. Sure, the sauce might be a little gritty, but
I’m certain that’s just how they make it in Italy. Perhaps you
should learn more about authentic Italian food.

You also said in your review that the waiters at Anna Maria’s
seemed "lazy and not at all interested in waiting on me." Are you
sure you were writing about the correct restaurant? Every time I
have visited Anna Maria’s, the service has been excellent, and the
waiters have gone out of their way to show me a good time. In
fact, on one occasion, a particularly exceptional waiter, Daniel I
believe his name was, folded my napkin into the shape of a swan
when I left the table to use the restroom. What is more, he made a
little joke every time he came to refill our water glasses. Daniel's
attention to detail and sense of humor really made my meal a
memorable one.

While I was surprised by your comments about the food and the
waiters at Anna Maria’s, I was even more astounded by what you
said about the owner, Anna Maria herself. She is not "rude" or
"snobby" at all! The last time I ate at the restaurant, she cooked
the best pasta primavera I have ever had.

I hope that you will reconsider the comments you made about
Anna Maria’s Italian Café after reading my letter. I would hate for
your review to damage the restaurant’s business. Anna Maria is a
wonderful restaurateur and she deserves a chance to succeed
just like anyone else!

QUESTIONS

1) This passage would most likely be found in

A. the letters to the editor section of a newspaper

B. a brochure about restaurants in Virginia Beach

C. a handbook intended for those in the food service industry

D. an online collection of food writing


2) As used in paragraph 3, which is the best antonym for
exceptional?

A. defective

B. slow

C. inferior

D. foolish

3) In paragraph 3, the author writes, “Are you sure you were


writing about the correct restaurant?”

Which of the following literary devices is used in this sentence?

A. Pun, characterized by the use of a play on words intended to


suggest the presence of two of more possible meanings. This is
generally intended to produce an effect of irony, humor, or wit.

B. Metaphor, characterized by the comparison of two unlike


things without the use of “like” or “as.” This often involves taking
a concept or identity that is clearly understood and applying it to
a second, less well-known element.
C. Rhetorical question, characterized by a question posed for
effect rather than one that expects a reply.

4) Which of the following represents a flaw in the author's


argument set forth in paragraph 3?

A. The author assumes his or her personal preferences regarding


restaurant service are universal.

B. The author provides evidence to support an argument other


than the one he or she intends to make.

C. The author does not use facts to support his or her argument.

D. The author asks a question and then fails to answer it.

5) Which of the following represents a flaw in the author's


argument set forth in paragraph 4?

A. The author attempts to refute an argument that the reviewer did


not make.

B. The author makes a claim that cannot possibly be true.

C. The author relies on personal experience to support his or her


claim.
D. The author attempts to disprove an argument using irrelevant
evidence.

6) Which of the following accurately describes the organization of


the passage?

A. The author lists reasons why he or she disagrees with the


restaurant review in order of increasing importance.

B. The author lists one of the reviewer’s complaints at the start of


each body paragraph, and then attempts to disprove each
complaint through counterexamples.

C. The author lists the reviewer’s complaints in the opening


paragraph, and then uses the remaining paragraphs to provide his
or her own review of Anna Maria’s.

D. The author shows how his or her opinion of the review


changed over time by providing examples in the body paragraphs.

7) The author’s overall argument could be strengthened by


removing which of the following sentences from the passage?

A. “You must have visited Anna Maria’s on a day when the chef
was sick, the waiters were tired, and the owner had just lost her
best friend.” (paragraph 1)

B. “Sure, the sauce might be a little gritty, but I’m certain that’s
just how they make it in Italy!” (paragraph 2)

C. “Every time I have visited Anna Maria’s, the waiters have gone
out of their way to show me a good time.” (paragraph 3)

D. “I was even more astounded by what you said about the owner,
Anna Maria herself.” (paragraph 4)
8) sera que Jack toma licores?
___________________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

9)cierto que Jack no va a tomar licores?


_____________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

10) Jack ha tomado o no ha tomado licores?


______________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

11) Jack habría tomado o habría tomado licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

12) Jack suele tomar licores?


_____________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________
13) Jack estaría o no estaría tomando licores?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

14) a) reflexive pronouns_________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

b) Possessive adjectives _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

c)possessive pronouns _________ ________ ____________


_________

_______ _________ _________ _________

15) Jack tiene que tomar licores?


_______________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM

NAME__________________________________________________
__________________________

SAN FRANCISCO 49ERS

The San Francisco 49ers is a professional football team that plays


in the National Football Conference (NFC) West Division. The
team was a founding member of the All-America Football
Conference (AAFC). It joined the NFL in 1950 when the leagues
merged and was one of the most successful football teams of the
1980s.

The San Francisco 49ers was named after gold prospectors who
flocked to California during the Gold Rush in 1849. The team is
currently the oldest professional sports team in California.
Despite its long history, it wasn’t until the late 1970s that the
history of the franchise became noteworthy. In 1978, team owner
Edward DeBartolo hired former Stanford University coach Bill
Walsh as head coach. Walsh would select Notre Dame
Quarterback Joe Montana in the third round of the 1979 draft.
While Montana enjoyed success at Notre Dame, he was
considered a marginal NFL prospect. Many considered him too
small and his arm strength too weak. Over the next three years,
Walsh strengthened the team’s offense and defense. By 1981, the
49ers achieved a record of 13-3 and defeated the Dallas Cowboys
in the famous 1981 NFC Championship 27-21, when Joe Montana
found wide receiver Dwight Clark in the back of the end zone in
what came to be known as “the Catch” with 51 seconds left in the
game resulting in the team’s first Super Bowl Appearance. In
Super Bowl XVI, The San Francisco 49ers would defeat the
Cincinnati Bengals 26-21 for the team’s first championship. In
1984, the 49ers would achieve a 15-1 record, and would defeat the
Miami Dolphins in Super Bowl XIX, 38-16.

In 1985, the team added another cog to its NFL dynasty when it
drafted Jerry Rice, a wide receiver from Mississippi Valley State in
the second round of the NFL draft. Rice would become a 13-time
NFL Pro-Bowler, and would set the NFL record for career
receptions, touchdowns and receiving yards. In 1989, the 49ers
would win their third Super Bowl under the command of Joe
Montana with a 20-16 victory over the Cincinnati Bengals. Jerry
Rice was named Super Bowl MVP. The victory would be the last
NFL game coached by Bill Walsh. He would be replaced by
George Seifert. In Seifert’s first year, the 49ers would win their
fourth Super Bowl of the decade, defeating the Denver Broncos
55-10 in Super Bowl XXIV, the most lopsided Super Bowl in
history. Quarterback Joe Montana was named the 1989 NFL MVP,
and won his third Super Bowl MVP. The 49ers would become the
only team to win two consecutive Super Bowls under different
coaches. In 1994, the 49ers would win their fifth Super Bowl,
defeating the San Diego Chargers 49-26 in Super Bowl XXIX.
Steve Young, who replaced Joe Montana as quarterback after the
1992 season, was named MVP after throwing six touchdown
passes.

Since the glory years of the 1980s and early 1990s, the San
Francisco 49ers has struggled. In 2011, however, the team hired
former NFL quarterback Jim Harbaugh as head coach. Harbaugh,
star quarterback Colin Kaepernick, and a stingy defense led by
Patrick Willis, led the team to its sixth Super Bowl appearance in
2013, falling to the Baltimore Ravens, coached by Jim Harbaugh’s
brother, John Harbaugh, 34-31, in Super Bowl XLVII.

1. The San Francisco 49ers were named after .....

A. a historical event

B. a war

C. a place

D. a person

2. What question is answered in the first paragraph?

A. When did the 49ers join the NFL?

B. What was the team named after?

C. When did the 49ers reach their first Super Bowl?

D. When was Joe Montana drafted?

3. There are _______ professional sports teams older than the


San Francisco 49ers in California?

A. no

B. two

C. three

D. the passage doesn't say

4. What sentence would support the notion that Joe Montana's


critics were wrong?
A. Over the next three years, Walsh strengthened the team’s
offense and defense.

B. Many considered him too small and his arm strength too
weak.

C. Steve Young, who replaced Joe Montana as quarterback


after the 1992 season, was named MVP after throwing six
touchdown passes.

D. Quarterback Joe Montana was named the 1989 NFL MVP,


and won his third Super Bowl MVP.

5. Which of the following players besides Joe Montana played


quarterback for the 49ers?

A. Steve Young

B. Jerry Rice

C. Bill Walsh

D. George Seifert

6. What does the word "cog" mean in the following sentence?

“In 1985, the team added another cog to its NFL dynasty when it
drafted Jerry Rice, a wide receiver from Mississippi Valley State in
the second round of the NFL draft”.

A. championship

B. coach

C. game
D. part

7. What team did the 49ers defeat twice in two different Super
Bowls?

A. Washington

B. Cincinnati

C. Denver

D. San Diego

8. How many Super Bowls have the 49ers participated in?

A. 3

B. 5

C. 6

D. 4

9. What might be considered "ironic" about the 49ers most


recent Super Bowl appearance?

A. Jim Harbaugh coached against this brother.

B. The 49ers lost to the Baltimore Ravens.

C. The Baltimore Ravens won by only three points.

D. The 49ers were led by Colin Kaepernick.

10. When did Jim Harbaugh become coach of the 49ers?


A. After the 49ers sixth Super Bowl appearance.

B. When Steve Young was quarterback of the 49ers.

C. 2001

D. Recently

TEACH TAUGHT TAUGHT ENSEÑAR

11)Carlos enseña inglés?


_______________________________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

12) Carlos estará enseñando inglés?___________


____________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________
PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

13) Carlos y yo estamos enseñando inglés?___


____________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

14)Carlos enseñara inglés?______________


________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________
REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

15) Adrian y yo estábamos enseñando inglés?


__________________________________?

yes_______________________________________

no_______________________________________

PV._____________________________________________________
__________

REP.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
_______

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME___________________________________________________
_______________

Process Exam: QUIZ Reading Comprehension

THE GARDEN THAT MOVED HOUSE !

Read the text and answer the questions.


• Artist Verena Devoy loves gardening. It is her passion. Until
three days ago she lived in a lovely little thatched cottage in a
village near Cambridge. She spent ten years and thousands of
pounds to make her garden there beautiful. She had flowers and
plants for every season of the year.

• In autumn, big orange chrysanthemums grew next to the gold of


the trees and bushes. In winter, little snowdrops grew in the grass
and under the trees. In spring there were bright yellow daffodils
all over her front lawn and tulips and primroses next to the path.
And summer! Summer was the prettiest season of all! She bought
hundreds of roses to fill every part of the garden: she bought
climbing roses to put round the windows and doors, pink roses
for the front garden, and red and white roses for the back. A lot of
people came to the village especially to see Verena’s garden. It
was more beautiful than the park.

• Then last summer she decided that she would like to move to a
bigger house. It was easy to sell her beautiful cottage. Mr and Mrs
Grey from London came to see it.

• ‘We fell in love with it immediately, especially the garden –we


couldn’t believe the colours of the roses. We wanted to move from
London because we didn’t have a garden there.

• Of course Mr and Mrs Grey bought the cottage and at the end of
the summer they moved from London. They arrived at the cottage.
‘There was no garden! There was a brown field with some stones
and rocks. There weren’t any flowers or trees and there wasn’t
any grass! It looked terrible! We couldn’t believe our eyes!’

• But it was true! Verena Devoy loved the garden so much that she
took it with her when she left. Five large lorries carried all the
flowers, trees, and plants to her new house five miles away. It cost
£1,000! She says:
• ‘I’ve got a much bigger garden now and I’m going to make it
even more beautiful than my first garden. I’m going to plant all the
flowers and trees again and this time I’m going to have a pond
with some goldfish.’

• And Mr and Mrs Grey? What do they say? ‘She can’t do this! We
bought the garden with the house! We’re going to see our
solicitor!’

a) What is Verena’s job? What is her hobby?

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

b) Why did she spend thousands of pounds?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

c) Which was the most colourful season in her garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

d) Why did Verena want to move?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

e) Did Mr and Mrs Grey like the cottage when they first saw it?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

f) Why were they shocked when they arrived at the cottage?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

g) How much did Verena pay to move her garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

h) What are her plans for her new garden?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

i) What are Mr and Mrs Grey going to do?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

LANGUAGE WORK: HERE ARE SOME ANSWERS. COMPLETE


THE QUESTIONS.

a) How much did she spend to make her garden beautiful?

Thousands of pounds?
b) Which was ?

Summer. Because of all the roses.

c) Why ?
_________________________________________________?

To see Verena’s garden.

d) Was ?
_________________________________________________?

Yes, it was. Very easy.

e) Why ?
_________________________________________________?

Because they wanted to have a garden.

f) When ?
_________________________________________________?

At the end of the summer.

g) Has Verena
_________________________________________________now?

Yes, she has. It’s much bigger.

h) Who ?
_________________________________________________?

Their solicitor.
QUESTIONS:

b) Which was the prettiest season?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

c) Why did a lot of people come to the village?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

d) Was the cottage easy to sell?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

e) Why did the Greys want to move from London?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

f) When did they move?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

g) Has Verena got a bigger house now?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
__________

h) Who are the Greys going to see?


________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-DONBOSCO

PROCESS EXAM 5 (11°)

NAME___________________________________________________
____________

1. Of the following, which is greater than ½ ?

A. 2/5

B. 4/7

C. 4/9

D. 5/11

E. 6/13

2. If an object travels at five feet per second, how many feet does
it travel in one hour?

A. 30

B. 300
C. 720

D. 1800

E. 18000

3. What is the average (arithmetic mean) of all the multiples of ten


from 10 to 190 inclusive?

A. 90

B. 95

C. 100

D. 105

E. 110

4. A cubical block of metal weighs 6 pounds. How much will


another cube of the same metal weigh if its sides are twice as
long?

A. 48

B. 32

C. 24

D. 18
E. 12

5. In a class of 78 students 41 are taking French, 22 are taking


German. Of the students taking French or German, 9 are taking
both courses. How many students are not enrolled in either
course?

A. 6

B. 15

C. 24

D. 33

E. 54

6)les gustaria o no les gustaria mirar tv?

__________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

7)mirarian o no mirarian tv?

_______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________
8)estarian o no estarian mirando tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

9)miraron o no miraron tv?

______________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no____________________________________________

10)habrá o no habrá mirado tv?

_____________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no____________________________________________

11)habrá o no habrá mirada de tv?

_____________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no___________________________________________

12)ella mira o no mira tv?

____________________________________________
yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

13)ella estará o no estará mirando tv?

____________________________________________

yes__________________________________________

no___________________________________________

14)ella ha o no ha mirado tv?

_______________________________________________

yes____________________________________________

no_____________________________________________

115)ella deberia o no deberia mirar tv?

________________________________________________

yes_____________________________________________

no______________________________________________

CHANGE TO THE OTHER VOICE

sweep swept swept...... barrer

16) Janeth no barre las 2 casas


av__________________________________

pv__________________________________

17)Janeth no habia barrido las 2 casas

av_________________________________

pv_________________________________

18)Janeth no va a barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

19)Janeth no estaba barriendo las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv________________________________

20)Janeth no podria barrer las 2 casas

av________________________________

pv_________________________________

21) the comparative of

good _______________ big___________________


bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

22)the superlative of

good _______________ big___________________

bad_________________beautiful_______________

little________________old____________________

much_______________far____________________

23) The days of the week


are________________________________________________

_______________________________________
24)the months of the year
are______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

Read the Dublin Restaurant Guide and answer the questions.

Dublin has a wide variety of restaurants for all tastes and all
budgets. Here are some that

you might want to try.

The Victoria Hotel Restaurant (Tues–Sun 11.30–24.00). This


beautiful hotel has a small restaurant on the ground floor serving
Irish specialties as well as foreign dishes. The wild salmon in
champagne sauce is particularly good. The waiters are friendly
and helpful and the wine list is long and excellent, though a little
expensive. Expect to pay around 120 euros for dinner for two with
wine.

The Galway Bay Restaurant (7 days a week 11.00–23.00). What


can you get at the Galway Bay? Seafood, seafood, and more
seafood! Fionnula Kirby, the owner of the Galway Bay, gets fresh
lobster, mussels, oysters, and about 12 kinds of fish brought from
Galway Bay every day. ‘I want the best for my customers,’
Fionnula says, and her customers know it. The restaurant is so
popular that if you want a table you’ll need to book about two
weeks in advance.

The Canal Inn (7 days a week 11.30–23.30) If you are hungry, the
Canal Inn is the place to come. Very noisy and very smoky but the
food is good and the portions are huge! Here you can get Irish
specialities: bacon and cabbage, Irish stew, or some very good
lamb from the Wicklow Mountains. The prices are very
reasonable: less than twelve euros for most meals.

Star of the East (7 days a week 12.00–04.00) This restaurant was


set up by two language students who studied in Dublin: Li Phong
from China and Lena Ganesh from India. ‘Indian and Chinese food
are popular with Dubliners,’ explained Li. ‘Lena and I decided to
join forces and set up our own place.’ Is it good? It certainly is. On
my two visits, I had a mushroom biryani, and a sweet and sour
pork. Both were very good and I will be back in the Star of the
East very soon. Night birds will be happy to know that the Star of
the East is open until 4.00 in the morning!

The Soup Kitchen (Mon-Fri 11.30–17.30) As you probably realize,


the Soup Kitchen serves soup. It is made fresh every day and the
standard is very high. Each large bowl of soup is served with
freshly-baked bread and real Irish butter. It is perfect for a quick
lunch. Smokers should note that the Soup Kitchen has a no
smoking policy.

A) Which restaurant? (3 points)

1 It serves typically Irish food. ________________

2 It only serves one course. _______________

3 It serves food from other countries. ________________

4 It has a large selection of wine. ________________


5 You need to book 14 days in advance. ________________

B) Choose the correct alternative (3 points).

1 The Galway Bay Restaurant specializes in meat / fish and


seafood.

2 You can / can’t smoke in the Soup Kitchen.

3 The Canal Inn is very expensive / not very expensive

4 The Star of the East closes early / late.

5 The soup in the Soup Kitchen is not bad / very good.

C) After you read (3 point)

1 Which restaurant is the best for you and why?


________________________________________________________
___________

________________________________________________________
___________

2 Do you like restaurants with a no smoking policy? Why?


________________________________________________________
____________

________________________________________________________
___________

3 Would you like to open a restaurant? What kind of restaurant?


Why?
________________________________________________________
___________
________________________________________________________
___________ GRAMMAR STRUCTURES

Take off/took off/ taken off= despegar land landed


landed= aterrizar

10)sera que Nicole despegó y aterrizó los aviones ?

________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,___ ___________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

11)cierto que Nicole estaba despegando y aterrizando los


aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
_________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

12)sera que Nicole despega y aterriza los aviones?


________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________
_____________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
_

13)cierto que Nicole no va a despegar y aterrizar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

14) Nicole ha despegado y ha aterrizado los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
Pv,______________
__________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

15)si o no que Nicole despegaría y aterrizaría los aviones si él


estuviera?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
__________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

16)cierto que Nicole tiene que despegar y aterrizar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?
Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

17)será que Nicole suele despegar y aterrizar los aviones ¿

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,________________________
_________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

18)Nicole, estarás despegando y aterrizando los aviones?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,_______________________________________________

No,_______________________________________________

Pv,_________ ____________________________________?

19/ 20)Nicole, no despegue los aviones, por favor

________________________________________________________
___
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

NAME__________________________________________________

Read the Dublin Restaurant Guide and answer the questions.

Dublin has a wide variety of restaurants for all tastes and all
budgets. Here are some that

you might want to try.

The Victoria Hotel Restaurant (Tues–Sun 11.30–24.00). This


beautiful hotel has a small restaurant on the ground floor serving
Irish specialties as well as foreign dishes. The wild salmon in
champagne sauce is particularly good. The waiters are friendly
and helpful and the wine list is long and excellent, though a little
expensive. Expect to pay around 120 euros for dinner for two with
wine.

The Galway Bay Restaurant (7 days a week 11.00–23.00). What


can you get at the Galway Bay? Seafood, seafood, and more
seafood! Fionnula Kirby, the owner of the Galway Bay, gets fresh
lobster, mussels, oysters, and about 12 kinds of fish brought from
Galway Bay every day. ‘I want the best for my customers,’
Fionnula says, and her customers know it. The restaurant is so
popular that if you want a table you’ll need to book about two
weeks in advance.

The Canal Inn (7 days a week 11.30–23.30) If you are hungry, the
Canal Inn is the place to come. Very noisy and very smoky but the
food is good and the portions are huge! Here you can get Irish
specialities: bacon and cabbage, Irish stew, or some very good
lamb from the Wicklow Mountains. The prices are very
reasonable: less than twelve euros for most meals.

Star of the East (7 days a week 12.00–04.00) This restaurant was


set up by two language students who studied in Dublin: Li Phong
from China and Lena Ganesh from India. ‘Indian and Chinese food
are popular with Dubliners,’ explained Li. ‘Lena and I decided to
join forces and set up our own place.’ Is it good? It certainly is. On
my two visits, I had a mushroom biryani, and a sweet and sour
pork. Both were very good and I will be back in the Star of the
East very soon. Night birds will be happy to know that the Star of
the East is open until 4.00 in the morning!

The Soup Kitchen (Mon-Fri 11.30–17.30) As you probably realize,


the Soup Kitchen serves soup. It is made fresh every day and the
standard is very high. Each large bowl of soup is served with
freshly-baked bread and real Irish butter. It is perfect for a quick
lunch. Smokers should note that the Soup Kitchen has a no
smoking policy.

A) Which restaurant? (3 points)

1 It serves typically Irish food. ________________

2 It only serves one course. _______________

3 It serves food from other countries. ________________

4 It has a large selection of wine. ________________

5 You need to book 14 days in advance. ________________

B) Choose the correct alternative (3 points).

1 The Galway Bay Restaurant specializes in meat / fish and


seafood.
2 You can / can’t smoke in the Soup Kitchen.

3 The Canal Inn is very expensive / not very expensive

4 The Star of the East closes early / late.

5 The soup in the Soup Kitchen is not bad / very good.

C) After you read (3 point)

1 Which restaurant is the best for you and why?


________________________________________________________
___________

________________________________________________________
___________

2 Do you like restaurants with a no smoking policy? Why?


________________________________________________________
____________

________________________________________________________
___________

3 Would you like to open a restaurant? What kind of restaurant?


Why?
________________________________________________________
___________

________________________________________________________
___________ GRAMMAR STRUCTURES

Take off/took off/ taken off= despegar land landed


landed= aterrizar

10)sera que Nicole despegó y aterrizó los aviones ?


________________________________________________________
__________?

Yes,___ ___________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

11)cierto que Nicole estaba despegando y aterrizando los


aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
_________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________

12)sera que Nicole despega y aterriza los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_____________
_____________________________________________?
Rs,_____________________________________________________
_

13)cierto que Nicole no va a despegar y aterrizar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

14) Nicole ha despegado y ha aterrizado los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________
__________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

15)si o no que Nicole despegaría y aterrizaría los aviones si él


estuviera?

________________________________________________________
______________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
__________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

16)cierto que Nicole tiene que despegar y aterrizar los aviones?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,_______________
___________________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

17)será que Nicole suele despegar y aterrizar los aviones ¿

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
Pv,________________________
_________________________________?

Rs,_____________________________________________________
__

18)Nicole, estarás despegando y aterrizando los aviones?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,_______________________________________________

No,_______________________________________________

Pv,_________ ____________________________________?

19/ 20)Nicole, no despegue los aviones, por favor

________________________________________________________
___

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Andrea tuvo que contar historias?

__________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________
PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

2) Andrea cuenta historias?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

3) cierto que Andrea no va a contar historias?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

4) Andrea ha contado o no ha contado historias?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

5) Andrea contaría historias si él estuviera?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

6) Andrea tiene que contar historias?

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

7) Andrea solía contar o no contar historias ¿

______________________________________________________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

8)Andrea estaría contando historias o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

9) Andrea y yo contaríamos historias?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

10) Andrea iba a contar historias?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
P V
________________________________________________________
____

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

PIRANHA

The piranha is a much-maligned fish. Most people think that this


is a deadly creature that swarms through rivers and creeks of the
Amazon rainforest looking for victims to tear apart. And woe
betides anyone unlucky enough to be in the same water as a
shoal of piranhas. It takes only a few minutes for the vicious
piranhas to reduce someone to a mere skeleton.

The truth is that the piranha is really a much more nuanced animal
than the mindless killer depicted in the media. In fact, piranhas
are a group made up of approximately twelve different species.
Each piranha species occupies its own ecological niche. One type
of piranha takes chunks out of the fins of other fish. Another type
eats fruit falling from trees into the river. Each piranha species
plays a unique role in the ecology of the rainforest floodplains. So
what should you do next time you hear someone talking about the
“deadly piranha”? You can remind them that the piranha is not
always the notorious killer fish that the tough, muscular heroes of
popular nature television shows would have us believe.

Questions

11) The primary purpose of the author is to


A. correct misconceptions about the piranha

B. illustrate the importance of piranhas in rainforest ecology

C. describe two different species of piranhas

D. instruct the reader on what to say if someone describes the


piranha as “deadly”

12)In paraph 1, the author most likely uses the old-fashioned


expression “woe betide” to

A. highlights the danger posed by piranhas

B. suggest that the reputation of the piranha is well-deserved

C. emphasize the sarcastic tone

D. indicate that the passage was written in the 19th century

13) In paragraph 1, the author uses hyperbole—characterized by


the use of exaggeration for effect—to describe the piranha. The
author most likely uses hyperbole to

A. frame an argument that is supported in a later paragraph

B. create ambiguity so the reader cannot be sure which position


the writer supports

C. juxtapose the myth of the piranha with the truth about the fish

D. evoke vivid images of nature television shows in the reader’s


mind

14) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for


unique?
A. irreplaceable

B. important

C. individual

D. unusual

15) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best synonym for


notorious?

A. celebrated

B. disreputable

C. notable

D. renowned

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

NAME____________________________________

“ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS”

Directions: Read the story. Then answer the questions below.

Leonard James is a homeless man. For him, life is always hard.


He is always hungry. His shoes have holes in them. He needs a
haircut. His clothes are old and dirty.
“What I would do with one hundred dollars!” Leonard says. This
is a game he likes to play with himself to take his mind off things.
He is walking down the street on a Thursday night. The winter air
is cold on his face.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could buy new socks,” he says. He
continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could get a haircut,” he says. He


continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could buy new pants,” he says. He
continues to walk down the street.

“If I had one hundred dollars, I could get a hamburger,” he says.


His stomach rumbles at the thought.

“If I had….” Leonard looks down at the sidewalk. He cannot


believe what he sees! Someone has lost his wallet. Leonard picks
it up. Inside are five twenty-dollar bills. “One hundred dollars!”
Leonard says. He is very excited. “Now I can buy everything I
want!” Then Leonard begins to think. “But this is not my money,”
he says. Leonard goes to the police station. He gives a police
officer the wallet and money.

“Thank you,” says the police officer. “You are a very honest
man.”Leonard smiles. He turns around and begins to leave the
police station. “Hold on,” the police officer says. He reaches in his
own pocket and gives Leonard ten dollars. “Get yourself
something to eat.”

1) What is life like for Leonard?

A. It is hard.

B. It is easy.
C. It is warm.

D. It is full of good food.

2) How does the reader know that Leonard is poor?

I. He finds a wallet.

II. He has no home.

III. He is always hungry.

A. I only

B. I and II

C. II and III

D. I, II, and III

3) Why does Leonard think about what he would do with a


hundred dollars?

A. It helps him go to sleep.

B. It takes his mind off things.

C. The police officer asks him to.

D. He knows he will find the money.


4) What time of year is it?

A. spring

B. summer

C. fall

D. winter

5) What does Leonard say he would do with a hundred dollars?

I. get a haircut

II. buy new clothes

III. get a hotel room

A. I only

B. I and II

C. II and III

D. I, II, and III

6) Why does Leonard's stomach rumble?

A. because he is hungry

B. because he is tired

C. because his clothes are dirty

D. because he is homeless
7) “He cannot believe what he sees. ”What is another way to write
this sentence?

A. He thinks what he sees is crazy.

B. He feels what he sees is good luck.

C. He thinks what he sees cannot be true.

D. He thinks what he sees is scary.

8) Why does Leonard go to the police station?

A. because he owes money

B. because he wants a reward

C. because the wallet is not his

D. because he has committed a crime

9) What kind of man does Leonard seem to be?

A. bad

B. dumb

C. good

D. old

10) As used at the end of the story, what does it mean to be


honest?

A. to feel good
B. to want more

C. to be truthful

D. to be hopeful

11) How does Leonard seem to feel about what he has done?

A. angry

B. happy

C. sad

D. unsure

12) What does the police officer give Leonard?

A. advice

B. a handshake

C. money to eat

D. the one hundred dollars

13) What kind of man does the police officer seem to be?

A. angry

B. busy

C. kind

D. mean
14) Why does the police officer give Leonard ten dollars?

A. to surprise Leonard

B. so Leonard feels better about returning the wallet

C. because it is part of his job

D. because he wants to get Leonard off the streets

15) If you found one hundred dollars, would you keep it? Why or
why not?

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____

________________________________________________________
_____
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5

Turn On Turned On Turned On =prender the light

NAME__________________________________________________

1) será que Jack prendió la luz ?______


__________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

2) cierto que Jack no estaba prendiendo la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

3) será que Jack prende la luz?


____________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________
4) Jack Y tu prendieron la luz o no?
_________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

5) Jack prendía o no prendia la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

6) será que Jack no prendera la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

7) Jack, prendiste la luz o no?


_____________________________________
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

8) cierta que Jack no estará prendiendo la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

9) Jack y tu prenderán o no prenderán la luz ?


__________________________

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

10) si o no que Jack y yo no estábamos prendiendo la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________
Rep. Speech__________________________________________

11) será que Jack y John prenden la luz?


______________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

12) cierto que Jack y John no prenderán la luz?

________________________________________________________
?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

13) Jack y yo prendemos o no prendemos la luz?

,________________________________________________

yes_________________________________________________

no___________________________________________________

Rep. Speech__________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-


Proceso 5

NAME___________________________________________________
____

Dance danced danced = bailar Sing sang sung=


cantar

1)los gatos bailan rock?


_________________________________________________

yes,______________________________________

no,______________________________________

PV______________________________________

2)los gatos están bailando y cantando rock?___


____________________________________

yes,__________________________________________

no,__________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

3)los gatos iban a bailar e iban a cantar rock?

E_____________________________________________

yes,___________________________________________

no,____________________________________________

PV____________________________________________
RS____________________________________________

4)los gatos bailaran y cantaran rock?


_________________________________________

yes___________________________________________

no,___________________________________________

PV___________________________________________

5)los gatos bailarían y cantarían rock?


___________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

6)los gatos habrán bailado y cantado rock?

_______________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

7) a los gatos les gustaría bailar y cantar rock?

________________________________________________________
____________

yes,_____________________________________________
no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

8)los gatos bailaron y cantaron rock?_


_________________________________________

yes,_____________________________________________

no,______________________________________________

PV______________________________________________

9)A the days of the week


are_________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
_______________

B the months of the year are?


_______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________

10) escriban los números ordinales de 1º a 20º:

____________ ________________
_____________________________ _______________________
_______________________
________________________________________ ______________
____________________________ ________________________
________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Mike tuvo que escribir una carta?

__________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

2) cierto que Mike no estaba escribiendo una carta?

________________________________________________________
____?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

3) Mike escribe una carta?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

4) cierto que Mike no va a escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

5) Mike ha escrito o no ha escrito una carta?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

6) Mike escribiría una carta si él estuviera?


_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

7) Mike tiene que escribir una carta?

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

8) Mike solía escribir o no escribir una carta ¿

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

9)Mike estaría escribiendo una carta o no?


________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

10) Mike y yo escribiríamos una carta?

________________________________________________________
___

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

11) Mike iba a escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

12) Mike tuvo que escribir una carta o no?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

13) a Mike le gustaría escribir una carta?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__
14) Mike habrá estado escribiendo una carta o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV______________________________________________________

REP.SPEECH_____________________________________________
__

15) Habrá cartas en la casa?________


___________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

Evaluacion de proceso 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1) Te gustaría manejar taxi?


____________________________________ __________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

2) manejaste taxi y moto?________________________


___________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

3) Tuviste que manejar taxi?_________________


_____________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______
REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

4) Estuviste manejando taxi?___________________


___________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

5) Podrías manejar taxi?_____________


__________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

6) solías manejar taxi?_____________________


______________________________?
YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

7) vas a manejar taxi ?________________


_________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

8) Estarás manejando taxi?________________


______________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

9) el tiene que manejar taxi?___________


___________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

REPORT.
SPEECH_________________________________________________
______

10) ellas lo han querido?_____________


___________________________________

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

11) me quieres?____________
___________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________
PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

12) me estabas queriendo?___________


_____________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

PAS.
VOICE___________________________________________________
______

13) ella me querrá ?__________________


__________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs__________________________________________

14) ellas me van a querer?____________


_________________________________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-


PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1) Maria habló ingles y frances ?


________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

2) Maria no estaba hablando ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

3) Maria habla ingles y frances?


_________________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

4) Maria no va a hablar ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

5) Maria ha hablado o no ha hablado ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
____________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
6) Maria habría hablado o habría hablado ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Maria suele hablar ingles y frances?


__________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

8) Maria estaría o no estaría hablando ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_
Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

9) 12) Maria hablaría ingles y frances?


__________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

10) a Maria le gustaría hablar ingles y frances?


____________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

11) Maria hablara ingles y frances?


_____________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

13) habrá clases de ingles y frances?


___________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

14) tu hablaste ingles y frances?


___________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

15) a- Ordinal numbers from 1000º to


1010º___________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


NAME__________________________________________________

PROCESS EXAM 5

1) será que Andrea tuvo que contar historias?

__________________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

2) Andrea cuenta historias?


________________________________________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

3) cierto que Andrea no va a contar historias?

________________________________________________________
___?

Yes,____________________________________________________
No,_____________________________________________________

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

4) Andrea ha contado o no ha contado historias?

________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

5) Andrea contaría historias si él estuviera?

_______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

6) Andrea tiene que contar historias?

______________________________________________________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

7) Andrea solía contar o no contar historias ¿

______________________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

PV____________________________________________________

8)Andrea estaría contando historias o no?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

9) Andrea y yo contaríamos historias?

________________________________________________________
___
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

10) Andrea iba a contar historias?

________________________________________________________
__?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

P V
________________________________________________________
____

Rep.
Speech_______________________________________________

PIRANHA

The piranha is a much-maligned fish. Most people think that this


is a deadly creature that swarms through rivers and creeks of the
Amazon rainforest looking for victims to tear apart. And woe
betides anyone unlucky enough to be in the same water as a
shoal of piranhas. It takes only a few minutes for the vicious
piranhas to reduce someone to a mere skeleton.
The truth is that the piranha is really a much more nuanced animal
than the mindless killer depicted in the media. In fact, piranhas
are a group made up of approximately twelve different species.
Each piranha species occupies its own ecological niche. One type
of piranha takes chunks out of the fins of other fish. Another type
eats fruit falling from trees into the river. Each piranha species
plays a unique role in the ecology of the rainforest floodplains. So
what should you do next time you hear someone talking about the
“deadly piranha”? You can remind them that the piranha is not
always the notorious killer fish that the tough, muscular heroes of
popular nature television shows would have us believe.

Questions

11) The primary purpose of the author is to

A. correct misconceptions about the piranha

B. illustrate the importance of piranhas in rainforest ecology

C. describe two different species of piranhas

D. instruct the reader on what to say if someone describes the


piranha as “deadly”

12)In paraph 1, the author most likely uses the old-fashioned


expression “woe betide” to

A. highlights the danger posed by piranhas

B. suggest that the reputation of the piranha is well-deserved

C. emphasize the sarcastic tone

D. indicate that the passage was written in the 19th century


13) In paragraph 1, the author uses hyperbole—characterized by
the use of exaggeration for effect—to describe the piranha. The
author most likely uses hyperbole to

A. frame an argument that is supported in a later paragraph

B. create ambiguity so the reader cannot be sure which position


the writer supports

C. juxtapose the myth of the piranha with the truth about the fish

D. evoke vivid images of nature television shows in the reader’s


mind

14) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for


unique?

A. irreplaceable

B. important

C. individual

D. unusual

15) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best synonym for


notorious?

A. celebrated

B. disreputable

C. notable

D. renowned
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE-

PROCESS EXAM 5

NAME__________________________________________________

1) Maria habló ingles y frances ?


________________________________________?

Yes,___________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

2) Maria no estaba hablando ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________
REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

3) Maria habla ingles y frances?


_________________________________________

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

4) Maria no va a hablar ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

5) Maria ha hablado o no ha hablado ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
____________?
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

6) Maria habría hablado o habría hablado ingles y frances?

________________________________________________________
_____________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

7) Maria suele hablar ingles y frances?


__________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

8) Maria estaría o no estaría hablando ingles y frances?


________________________________________________________
______________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pv,______________________________________________________
_?

9) 12) Maria hablaría ingles y frances?


__________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

10) a Maria le gustaría hablar ingles y frances?


____________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

11) Maria hablara ingles y frances?


_____________________________________________
Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

13) habrá clases de ingles y frances?


___________________________________________?

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

14) tu hablaste ingles y frances?


___________________________________________

Yes,_____________________________________________________

No,_____________________________________________________
_

Pas.
Voice___________________________________________________

REP.
SPEECH________________________________________________

15) a- Ordinal numbers from 1000º to


1010º___________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE

PROCESS EXAM 5ª

NAME____________________________________________

1.El niño, la secretaria y la mosca ven tv ?

________________________________________________________
__

No,_______________________________________________

Si_______________________________________________

2. los niños, las secretarias y las moscas vieron tv?

________________________________________________________
___

Si,________________________________________________

No,______________________________________________

3.el niño ve tv, juega con el osito y besa a mami?

________________________________________________________
___
No,_______________________________________________

Si________________________________________________

4. los niños ven tv, juegan con el osito y besan a mami?

________________________________________________________
____

Si,_______________________________________________

No,_______________________________________________

5. los niños vieron tv, jugaron con el osito y besaron a mami?

________________________________________________________
____

Si,________________________________________________

No,______________________________________________

6. los niños, las secretarias y las moscas debieron haber visto tv?

________________________________________________________
_______

No,_______________________________________________

Si________________________________________________

7. los niños, las secretarias y las moscas solían ver tv?

________________________________________________________
_______
No,_______________________________________________

Si________________________________________________

8.estas enamorándote de nosotros?

________________________________________________________
________

Pas.voi,____________________________________________

9.se habría enamorado de mi?

________________________________________________________
________

Pas.voi_______ _____________________________________

10.se enamoran de ellos mismos?


______________________]__________________

Pas.voi_____________________________________________

EXPRESSIONS

11. Sera que me estas tomando del pelo?

________________________________________________________
________

yes_______________________________________________

12. tu fuiste la mujer cuyo esposo se quedo dormido?

________________________________________________________
________
yes______________________________________________

no________________________________________________

13. Porque te fue tan regular en la previa?

________________________________________________________
_________

Answer________________________________________

READING AND UNDERSTANDING

PLEASE READ CARREFULLY AND THEN ANSWER THE


QUESTIONS
English Ivy betrays its poor reputation as a nuisance by its
unparalleled ability to provide shade. By seamlessly covering the
exterior of a building, it works as a natural insulator, blocking the sun
and decreasing air conditioning costs. This means big savings for both
building tenants and homeowners alike. And it can happen quickly, too.
Under the proper conditions, established English Ivy can grow to cover
an area of roughly 500 square feet per year. Given that most homes
have a roof measuring roughly 2000 square feet, ivy-friendly
homeowners can rest assured that their roofs will be completely
covered in about four years. When considering growth rates of newly
planted ivy, just remember the old adage: First year, it sleeps. Second
year, it creeps. Third year, it leaps! For English Ivy, this is especially
true.
Now, detractors may take this opportunity to remind readers about
how invasive English Ivy can be. For what ivy enthusiast hasn't been
cautioned about its ability to burrow holes, fracture windows, and even
deteriorate brick? But be warned. Oftentimes, this suggestion is taken
to the comical extreme. Naysayers take a strange pleasure in spinning
yarns about a particularly malevolent strand of ivy—one that slips in
through the cracks on a hot summer night, silently strangling
homeowners in their sleep. Admittedly, this can be a funny story to tell.
But are we to believe such a tale? The intelligent gardener will quickly
dismiss such rubbish for what it is.
Questions
14) The primary purpose of the passage is to
A. highlights the reasons why English Ivy’s fast growth rate is beneficial
B. argue that English Ivy is an essential plant for homeowners
C. educate readers about how to use English Ivy to insulate their
homes
D. belittle detractors of English Ivy
E. defend the reputation of English Ivy
15) As used in paragraph 1, which is the best definition for
betrays?
A. gives away
B. contradicts
C. reveals
D. supports
E. highlights
16) In paragraph 1, the author states, “Given that most homes
have a roof measuring roughly 2000 square feet, ivy-friendly
homeowners can rest assured that their roofs will be completely
covered in about four years.” Which of the following logical
mistakes does the author make in drawing this conclusion?
I. English Ivy will not cover the area of most roofs in 4 years if it only
grows 500 square feet per year.
II. Most homes may not have the proper conditions necessary for
English Ivy to grow at the specified rate.
III. Newly planted ivy does not grow as fast as established ivy.
A. I only
B. II only
C. I and II only
D. II and III only
E. I, II, and III
17) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for
deteriorate?
A. wear away
B. shield
C. add to
D. climb on
E. strengthen
18) Based on information in paragraph 1, which of the following
would most likely be considered an insulator?
A. an umbrella
B. an automobile
C. suntan lotion
D. skin
E. a winter jacket
19) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best antonym for
malevolent?
A. wary
B. sensitive
C. virtuous
D. injured
E. willing
20) This passage would most likely be found
A. in a scholarly journal about botany
B. in a magazine article about gardening
C. in a letter from one gardener to another
D. on a website identifying different types of plants
E. in a pamphlet about the best ways to make a home more energy-
efficient
EACH POINT IS WORTH 0.25
1) Tu estarías caminando en la calle?
___________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

2) Caminaste en la calle?
______________________________________________________?

YES_______________________________________

NO________________________________________

rs_________________________________________

3) Tuviste que caminar en la calle?


_______________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs_________________________________________

4) si yo fuera un actor de TV caminando en la calle

___________________________________________________________
_____________

5) Tú solías caminar en la calle?


________________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________
6) Pudiste caminar en la calle?
__________________________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs_________________________________________

7) Caminarías en la calle si…?


____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

8) tu tendrías que caminar en la calle?


_____________________________________?

YES______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

rs________________________________________

9) El tiene que caminar en la calle?


___________________________________________?

YES_____________________________________

NO______________________________________

rs________________________________________

10) ellas debieron haber caminado en la calle?________


____________________________?
YES_______________________________________

NO_______________________________________

11) a/days of the


week______________________________________________

________________________________________________________
_______

b/reflexive pronouns
________________________________________________

________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

c/ordinal numbers from 999° to


1005°___________________________________

________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_____________________________________

12) Ella camina en la calle?_______________________


___________________

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

rs____________________________________________

13) A ustedes les gustaría caminar en la calle?


_____________________________________ __________________?

YES__________________________________________
NO___________________________________________

14) Ustedes habrían caminado en la calle?


________________________________________________________
_________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

15) Deberían ustedes caminar en la calle?


________________________________________________________
_________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

16) ellas me compran un osito de peluche?


________________________________________?

YES__________________________________________

NO___________________________________________

pv_______________________________________________

rs________________________________________________

17) ellas me estaban comprando un osito de peluche?


________________________________________________________
?

YES__________________________________________

NO__________________________________________
pv___________________________________________

rs________________________________________________

18) Ellas me compraron un osito de peluche ?

________________________________________________________
__________?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv______________________________________________

rs________________________________________________

19) Ellas me van a comprar un osito de peluche?


________________________________________________________
___?

YES_________________________________________

NO__________________________________________

pv___________________________________________

rs________________________________________________

20) Comparative of:

easy__________ expensive_____________
bad______________

Superlative of:
little__________ high___________
much_______________

CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES

NAME: _________________________________________ /
SEMESTER: ___________ / DATE: ___________

CHANGE THE SENTENCES, ACTIVE TO PASSIVE OR

PASSIVE TO ACTIVE

1) This book was written by John Smith.


________________________________________________
2) They sell English books.

________________________________________________
3) Anthony will build a bridge.

________________________________________________
4) Sandra has done the task.

________________________________________________
5) They didn’t invent the telephone.

________________________________________________
6) Alice drove the car last night.

________________________________________________
7) I have seen that program several times.
_____________________________________________
8) I will explain the lesson.

________________________________________________
9) These houses were built by John.

________________________________________________
10) My friends sold the car yesterday

________________________________________________
11) Nicole plays the piano every day.

________________________________________________
12) Was the cake made by you?

________________________________________________
13) The banks were robbed by Spencer

________________________________________________
14) Michael has climbed that mountain many times
____________________________________
15) My husband fixed the computer last week.
_________________________________________
16) Do Paul and Sara speak English?

________________________________________________
17) These letters weren’t written by me

________________________________________________
18) Did you wash the clothes?

________________________________________________
19) Susy and Andrew grow flowers in their farm.
_________________________________________
20) The story was made up by Daniel.

________________________________________________
CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES

NAME:_______________________________________ / SEMESTRE:
________________ / DATE: _________

CHANGE THE SENTENCES, ACTIVE TO PASSIVE OR

PASSIVE TO ACTIVE

1) Paul writes beautiful poems.

________________________________________________
2) Did you do the exercies?

________________________________________________
3) They haven’t explained the lesson.

________________________________________________
4) The apartment will be painted by
them._____________________________________________
5) Chocolate was introduced into Europe by English men.
_____________________________
6) David invented these stories.

________________________________________________
7) Sara waters the plants every day

________________________________________________
8) Joseph and Julio repairs machines.

________________________________________________
9) Mrs Smith delivers our mail

________________________________________________
10) The questions have been answered by the
students._________________________________
11) The exercises weren’t explained by the teacher.
____________________________________
12) The letters haven’t been sent yet.

________________________________________________
13) Are these toys made by you?

________________________________________________
14) When did Henry fix the car?

________________________________________________
15) Katty hasn’t done the task.

________________________________________________
16) The bike is broken.

________________________________________________
17) Were the senternces corrected by Doreen?
_________________________________________
18) Paola speak many languages.

________________________________________________
19) My classmates will buy a big pie.

________________________________________________
20) I have finished the exercise
TWO WORD VERBS QUIZ / C.E.C.E.P / DATE:
___________________/ SEMESTER:__________

NAME:
________________________________________________________
_________________

COMPLETE THE SENTENCES

1) The stories weren’t true. The teacher made


____________________________.
2) I take the bus to school every day. I get ________________the
bus in front of my house.
3) We were at Chipichape yesterday afternoon. We got
______________Chipichape at 7:00.
4) These bottles are empty. Can you throw
_______________________ please?
5) The Dean gave me some important information last night. I didn’t
want to forget it, so I wrote _______________________.
6) We couldn’t finish our task, so we put
______________________ until tomorrow morning.
7) I’m hot. This jacket is too heavy, so I’m going to take
__________________________.
8) I want to listen the news on the radio. Would you turn
_____________________ please?
9) My daughter couldn’t sleep last night. She woke
________________ many times.
10) Our friend is talking about the picnic. Let’s listen
____________________________.

COMPLETE THE SENTENCES. USE SOMETHING, SOMEBODY


(SOME ONE), ANYBODY, ANYTHING, NOTHING, NOBODY (NO
ONE), EVERY BODY (EVERY ONE), EVERYTHING, SOMEWHERE,
ANYWHERE, NO WHERE, EVERYWHERE

Name:
___________________________________________________ / date:
____________________________

1. Can I do ____________________________ for you?


2. Let me tell you ________________________ about the program.
3. There wasn’t __________________________ in the refrigerator.
It was empty.
4. ________________________ came to the meeting. It was a big
success.
5. _____________________ told me you were sick. Are you getting
better?
6. I won’t go ________________________ next holiday. I’ll stay at
home.
7. Where were you and Lucy last nigth? I called you
but__________________________ answered.
8. Adriana finishedl her tasks early. As she had
______________________ important to do, she went to watch
T.V
9. If _______________________ call me, please let me know.
10. There is ______________________ in the room. All the
children went away an hour ago.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCES. USE SOMETHING, SOMEBODY
(SOME ONE), ANYTHING, ANYBOBY(ANY ONE) NOTHING,
NOBODY, EVERYWHERE, SOMEWHERE, ANYWHERE
EVERYTHING, NO WHERE, EVERYBODY.

Name:
__________________________________________________/
date: ____________________________

1. ___________________________ must be done soon.


2. It’s sad to know that there is ______________________ to do
about Peter’s sickness.
3. __________________________ had finished the test when I
arrived.
4. Make sure you understand ________________________ for
the evaluation, in that way you’ll get an excellent grade.
5. Is there _________________________ else in your house? /
No, I’m alone.
6. I have a new apartment. I know _____________________ in
my apartment building yet.
7. I said __________________________ to her. Don’t worry, I’ll
keep the secret.
8. We can’t talk to ______________________ during the quiz.
9. If you tell ____________________________ about our plans,
we’re going to have a big problem.
10. Have you got ____________________ you need for the
picnic?

Teacher: Dora Díaz G. Have a nice time!

NAME: ________________________________________________
SEMESTER: _______________

I. PUT THE WORDS IN THE CORRECT PLACE

1) Watched a I program T.V night last .


______________________________________
2) When what you called doing I were you?
____________________________________
3) Won’t there we go.
______________________________________
4) Delivers Charles day milk every.
______________________________________
5) Is Dorothy working days not these
______________________________________

II. ASK THE QUESTION TO THE ANSWER

a) Sandra has a cold.


______________________________________
b) Daniel slept in my mother’s house.
______________________________________
c) My friends will arrive soon.
______________________________________
d) I’m the new teacher.
______________________________________
e) Yes, we are. (we’re going to explain the lesson)
________________________________

CENTRO CLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES


LISTENING EVALUATION

NAME:
_______________________________________________________ /
SEMESTRE:________________
PUT THE WORDS IN THE CORRECT PLACE

Speak wrong color instructions


hello Stevens this have
Pay days calling working with black
isn’t Mrs

CONVERSATION: Diana is complaining to Mr. Tanaka about her


television.

Diana: _______________. Is ______________ Tanaka Electric?

Mr. Tanaka: Yes, it is.

Diana: I’d like to _______________ to Mr. Tanaka.

Mr. Tanaka: _____________ is Tanaka speaking.

Diana: My name is Diana ___________________. I’m

_________________ about the TV set you

Sold me. I’ve only had it for two _____________ and it

___________ ________________.

Mr. Tanaka: What’s _______________ ______________ it?

Diana: There’s no _________________.


Mr. Tanaka: _______________ you read the

______________________?

Diana: Yes, I __________________.

Mr. Tanaka: How much did you ________________ for your TV?

Diana: A hundred dollars.

Mr. Tanaka: I’m afraid your TV set is _______________ and white,

____________ ________________.

CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES


FINAL WRITTEN EVALUATION

NAME:_______________________________________________
__ DATE:________________

I. TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH ( traduzca)

1. ¿Has estado estudiando?

______________________________________________________
__
2. Michael había visitado a sus padres la semana pasada.
___________________________________
3. John no ha reparado el carro todavía.
__________________________________________________
4. Mis padres no han enviado el dinero.
__________________________________________________
5. Te he extrañado mucho.
______________________________________________________
______

II. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES. USE SIMPLE PAST OR


PRESENT PERFECT.

1. ______________ you _____________ to Europe? (be) Yes I


______________. I _____________ (go) there last year.
2. Katherine ______________ at the party yesterday (not, go)
because she _____________ tired. (be)
3. Charles _________________ this film several times. (watch)
4. My parents _________________ many interesting places. (know).
5. I _________________ (have) a lot of tasks these days and I
______________ them yet. (not,finish)

III. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH SIMPLE PAST OR PAST


PROGRESSIVE

1. Paola __________________( work) when the phone


_______________________ (ring).
2. What ______________ you _____________? (do) when Paul
________________ (call).
3. While my mother __________________ a shower (take) the maid
______________ the house. (clean)
4. My brothers ________________ football (play) when they
_________________ down. (fall)
5. Robert and Lisa _________________ attention (not, pay ) while the
teacher ________________ the lesson. (explain).
VOCABULARY:

Study : estudiar. Money : dinero


Visit : visitar. Week : semana
Miss : extrañar last : pasada
Fix : reparar. Much : mucho
Send : enviar. Yet : todavía.

CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES


GENERAL REVIEW

NAME:
________________________________________________________
____________________________

ASK THE QUESTION TO THE ANSWER

a) My parents work in a bank.


_______________________________________
b) My sister lived in New York .
________________________________________
c) No, she wasn’t here. (Mary was not here)
________________________________________
d) Paul gets up at 5:00.
________________________________________
e) They will travel to U.S.A next month.
________________________________________
f) Michael is taking a shower.
________________________________________
g) Yes, she does. ( Stella speaks French)
________________________________________
h) Peter is going to buy a car.
________________________________________
i) I was studying last night.
________________________________________
j) Yes, they are. (Tom and Betty are Colombian)
________________________________________
k) N0, I won’t. ( I won’t go to the party)
________________________________________
l) Yes, he did. (John came yesterday)
________________________________________
m) Doreen and Edward were at school at 7:00.
________________________________________
n) Caroline was our secretary.
________________________________________
o) No, I am not. (I am not Carol)
________________________________________
CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES
GENERAL REVIEW

NAME:
________________________________________________________
___

ASK THE QUESTION TO THE ANSWER

1) Dorothy will arrive next week.


______________________________________
2) Joseph and Betty got the school at 7:00
______________________________________
3) Molly was studying the lesson.
______________________________________
4) My friends listen to music every night.
______________________________________
5) Mary and John are going to sing in the concert.
________________________________
6) Yes, he is. (John is busy today).
______________________________________
7) There was a dog in that house.
______________________________________
8) The test was very difficult.
______________________________________
9) No, they weren´t. (Rose and Carol weren’t at home last night).
_________________________
10) No he doesn’t. ( Andrew doesn’t speak Spanish).
___________________________________
11) I will get married next year.
______________________________________
12) My mother was very sick last week.
______________________________________
13) Jane cleans the house every day.
______________________________________
14) George and Daniel lived in Cali
______________________________________
15) Sandra explained the lesson.
______________________________________

NAME: ___________________________________________ /
SEMESTER: ___________________

PUT THE WORDS IN THE CORRECT PLACE


Study tonight Joseph going is to
______________________________________
Will soon be I here
______________________________________
Their Sara mother Paul every visit and month.
________________________________
Night sleep did home at I not last
______________________________________
Tired are very we
______________________________________
Was arrived 3:00 home it when o’clock I at
___________________________________
Something tell going you I to am
______________________________________
Lesson studying are the they
______________________________________

ASK THE QUESTION TO THE ANSWER

Andrea explained the lesson very well.


______________________________________
My parents will arrive tomorrow
______________________________________
My sons are going to live in Cali
______________________________________
James studies English every weekend.
______________________________________
I live in a big farm.
______________________________________
We were at home last night
______________________________________
The weather was good yesterday
______________________________________
My mother is 57 years old
______________________________________

CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES


ENGLISH EVALUATION

NAME: ________________________________________________ /
DATE: _________________
SEMESTER:_______________________ / CAREER:
___________________________________

COMPLETE THE CONVERSATION WITH VERB FORMS

Example: Did you see any movies this weekend?


Yes, I did. I saw Police

A: ____________ you ____________ a good weekend?


B: Yes, I ___________. I _____________ a great weekend

A: ___________ you ____________ coffee?


B: Yes, I ____________. I drink three cups of coffee every day.

A: ____________ your mother at home yesterday?


B: No, she _______________. She ________________ at the
movies.

CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES


ENGLISH EVALUATION / LEVEL I

NAME: __________________________________________ / DATE:


______________
CAREER: ______________________________ / SEMESTER:
________________

COMPLETE THE SENTENCES IN THIS COMPOSITION BY


CARLOS

My name is Carlos and I am from Mexico.


____________________ a student. ______________ twenty years
old. My family lives in Mexico City.
____________ father ___________ a businessman. ____________
fifty one years old. _________ mother
___________ a housewife. _____________ forty nine years old. I
_________________ sisters and one brother. The names of my sisters
_______________ Rosa and Patricia. Rosa ___________ a teacher.
___________ twenty eight years old. Patricia _____________ a
student. _____________ eighteen years old. The name of
___________ brother ___________ Juan. _____________ an
engineer. He is married. He _____________ two children. I live in an
apartment. _____________ a tall building. _____________
On Pine Street. My address ____________ 3235 Pine St. I live with my
roommate. __________ name __________ Bob. ____________ from
Chicago. ____________ nineteen years old. I like my classes.
_______________ interestring. I like ______________ classmates.
__________________ friendly.

WRITE A COMPOSITION BY COMPLETING THE SENTENCES

My name_________.I __________ from _________. __________ a


student. ____________years old. My family lives in ___________.
__________ father _________. ___________ years old. ________
mother __________. _________ years old. I have ___________
sister(s) and ____________ brother(s). The name(s) of my sister(s)
___________.___________ is a _________. _____________ old.
(write about each brother) I live in ( a house, a dormitory, an
apartment). My address ________. I live with __________.
___________ name(s) ________. I like __________ classes.
__________ are _________. I like __________ classmates. They
_____________.
CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES
ENGLISH EVALUATION
NAME: ______________________________________________ /
DATE: ________________
SEMESTER: _________________________ / CAREER
_______________________________

PUT IN ORDER THE FOLLOWING WORDS


1) Buy you did what week last?
___________________________________________
2) Is who teacher the?
____________________________________________
3) Parents moment where your the at are
______________________________________
4) Her you see when did
____________________________________________
5) You how to come school do?
____________________________________________

PUT THESE SENTENCES IN NEGATIVE FORM

1) Mary had an accident last week.


____________________________________________
2) Paul reads the newspaper every day
_________________________________________
3) I was very depressed yesterday
____________________________________________
4) I went out with my family last weekend
_______________________________________
5) My classmates are at the library
____________________________________________

WHAT’S THE QUESTION


1) I’m Diana Smith
____________________________________________
2) I get up at 5:00 o’clock every morning
________________________________________
3) The kids were here
____________________________________________
4) My mother made a delicious
cake___________________________________________
5) The math problem was difficult
____________________________________________
CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES
LISTENING EVALUATION

NAME:___________________________________________ /
DATE:_________________ / SEMESTRE:_____

WRITE THE WORDS IN THE CORRECT PLACE

Because smelled residents nervous about fire going


alarm
Were taking doing some smoke
Terry embarrased stairs
Clothes fast when down doing sir

CONVERSATION: A television reporter is interviewing Terry and the


Mosses about the fire in their building.

Reporter: We are _____________ to talk to ______________ of the


_________________
_____________ the _______________.What is your name,
__________?
Terry: _______________ Johnson.
CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES
LISTENING EXERCISES

FILL THE BLANKS WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS

Know here old married famous who’s I


from Good he looking three singer
York how car is New that that’s
it twenty he’s come don’t

CONVERSATION: Myrna and Molly are talking about the neihbor.

MYRNA: Molly, ___________ _______________! _____________


that?
MOLLY: _____________ Johnny B. _____________. He’s
___________ _____________.
He’s _________ ______________.
MYRNA: Wow! _________ __________ ___________. ______
_______ _____________?
MOLLY: Yes, _________ _______.
MYRNA: _________ __________ _________ __________?
MOLLY: About _____________ _________.
MYRNA: Is ___________ his ___________?
MOLLY: Yes, _________ _________.
MYRNA: Is __________ ________________?
MOLLY: _________ ____________ _____________, Myrna!
°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°
°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°
A POPULAR WAITER

___________ ___________ is from _____________


______________. ____________ Aires is _______ ___________
______ ______________. Ramon ________ ___________
___________
_______ and he’s a __________ _______ _______ __________
cafe. He’s _____ ___________
___________ _______. His ___________ is “__________
___________________.” It _______ a professional ______________.
Ramon isn’t ______________, but he’s good ______________ and
very __________________.

LIVING IN THE U.S.A


Listening Evaluation

Us school homeworkup forget like


back get depends here
Knowusually breakfast do other it view
right all bedroom
Beautiful country weekend
Mrs. Hobart: This is your ____________________ Amparo.

Do you ____________ _______?

Amanda: Oh! It’s ___________________! And the

_______________ is excellent!

Mrs. Hobart: Let’s get to ________________ each

_______________ better. What time do

you__________________ _____________

_________?

Amanda: Well it __________________. From Monday through

Friday, I _____________ __________

at six, But on ___________________, I

________________ ________ ______ at 9:00. Is that

____________ _______________ with you?

Mrs. Hobart: That’s perfect. We have ___________________

at 7:00, and then you can go to __________

Amanda: Mrs Hobart, don’t ___________________ that I come

_____________ from ____________

At 2:00 and eat lunch _______________.


Mrs. Hobart: O.K. You can ___________ your

____________________ then, and eat dinner with ______

At 6:00 p.m.

Amanda: At six? Wow! In my ________________ we

___________________ eat dinner at 8:00 p.m.

MID TERM I. / C.E.C.EP / LEVEL II / DATE:


_________________________ / SEMESTER: _______
NAME:
________________________________________________________
__________________

I READING COMPREHENSION

Mrs Jones is an old lady who lives in a small cottage in a village in the
country outside Bristol. As she is a widow she lives alone. Last week
she had an accident. It was raining and she was walking to the village
store. She slipped on the wet road, fell down and broke her hip. By the
chance, a local farmer was passing in his tractor. He went back to his
farm and telephoned for an ambulance.
ANSWER
1) Where does Mrs Jones live?

________________________________________________
2) Does she live alone?

________________________________________________
3) What happened last week?

________________________________________________
4) How did the accident happen?

________________________________________________
5) Was the accident serious?

________________________________________________
6) Who helped her?

________________________________________________
7) What did he do?

________________________________________________
II WRITE SENTENCES ABOUT THE MISSING INFORMATION

EXAMPLE: I get up at 5:00. what time do you get up?

a) Every weekend I usually go__________________ /


_____________________________ ?
b) My mother works ___________________ /
____________________________________ ?
c) I went to _______________________ /
_______________________________________ ?
d) The books are ___________________ /
______________________________________ ?
e) My brothers were __________________ /
_____________________________________ ?

NAME: _________________________________________________ /
SEMESTER: _____________

PUT THE WORDS IN THE CORRECT PLACE

1) Summer Daniel his last parents visited.


______________________________________
2) Helps mother day Katherine every.
______________________________________
3) Go party you to will the?
______________________________________
4) Did Ximena call not night me last.
______________________________________
5) And Andrew work Sandra here.
______________________________________
6) Children school are the in my
______________________________________
7) Were yesterday here morning not they
______________________________________
8) Sing are to concert friends going my the in
______________________________________

ASK THE QUESTION TO THE ANSWER

1) John lives in a small town.


______________________________________
2) Yes, I do. (I live here)
______________________________________
3) Martha is going to study at C.E.C.E.P
______________________________________
4) I bought this house last week.
______________________________________
5) My sons drink chocolate every morning.
______________________________________
6) No, I won’t. (I won’t buy this house)
______________________________________
7) Julian was at the movies yesterday evening.
____________________________________
8) My husband is at the office.
_____________________________________

Name:
________________________________________________________
____________________

ORGANIZE THE WORDS

Not Nicole does here live


__________________________________________
Study I to am going
__________________________________________
There not go I will
__________________________________________
Every class comes teacher day the to
_________________________________________
Peter where eat does day lunch every?
________________________________________
ASK THE QUESTION TO THE ANSWER

Diana studies English every day


___________________________________________
Yes, I did. (I watched Betty The Ugly)
_________________________________________
Sophy is going to come tomorrow
___________________________________________
My friends will visit me next week
___________________________________________
I was at home last night
___________________________________________

PUT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN NEGATIVE FORM

My husband is reading the newspaper


_________________________________________
Robert lived with me two years ago
___________________________________________
Lisa cleans the house every day
___________________________________________
Henry will come tomorow
___________________________________________
They do their homeworks every
day___________________________________________
PASSIVE VOICE EVALUATION / DATE: _____________________ /
SEMESTER: __________________
NAME:___________________________________________________
_________________________

CHANGE THE SENTENCES ACTIVE TO PASSIVE OR PASSIVE TO


ACTIVE

1. Martha will study the lesson tomorrow

________________________________________________
2. This machine has been repaired by Robert

________________________________________________
3. Did they understand the explanation?

________________________________________________
4. I have ridden that horse many times

________________________________________________
5. These tables were made by Daniel

________________________________________________
6. Carlos sells cars.

________________________________________________
7. My apartment will be sold next week.

________________________________________________
8. Do you speak French?

________________________________________________
9. The lesson is explained by Margoth

________________________________________________
10. We didn’t invent that story.

________________________________________________
PASSIVE VOICE EVALUATION / DATE: _____________________
/ SEMESTER: ______________
NAME:
______________________________________________________
______________________

CHANGE THE SENTENCES ACTIVE TO PASSIVE OR PASSIVE


TO ACTIVE

1. Martha studied the lesson yesterday.


_______________________________________________
2. This house will be painted by Tommy.
_______________________________________________
3. Paul has fixed this computer twice.
_______________________________________________
4. My parents speak Spanish and Italian.
_______________________________________________
5. Coffee is grown by Colombian people
_______________________________________________
6. Are the shirts made by them?
_______________________________________________
7. Daniela sends letters every weekend.

________________________________________________
8. The gun was shot by him.

________________________________________________
9. The exercises haven’t been finished

________________________________________________
10. Did you choose these dresses?

________________________________________________
PASSIVE VOICE EVALUATION / DATE: ___________________
/ SEMESTER: _______________
NAME:
____________________________________________________
___________________
CHANGE THE SENTENCES ACTIVE TO PASSIVE OR
PASSIVE TO ACTIVE

1. I’m going to explain the lesson.

_______________________________________________
_
2. I didn’t lend the book.

_______________________________________________
_
3. The car was driven by Sonia.

_______________________________________________
_
4. The dresses will be made by Doreen

_______________________________________________
_
5. I have read that book twice.

_______________________________________________
_
6. My partners won the competition

_______________________________________________
_
7. Sandra feeds the cats every morning

_______________________________________________
_
8. Those pictures were sold lastnight.

_______________________________________________
_
9. A strange noise woke me up.

_______________________________________________
_
10. Do you understand the lesson?

_______________________________________________
_
PASSIVE VOICE EVALUATION/ DATE:
___________________ / SEMESTER: _____________
NAME:
_________________________________________________
___________________
CHANGE THE SENTENCES ACTIVE TO PASSIVE OR
PASSIVE TO ACTIVE

1. Sarah stole my pens.


__________________________________________
2. The window was broken by children
__________________________________________
3. The lesson will be explained by Julieth
__________________________________________
4. I didn’t make that cake.
__________________________________________
5. The child has been examinated by
Gerald._______________________________________
__
6. Are these poems written by you?
__________________________________________
7. Stella cleans the house every day
__________________________________________
8. My parents will buy a new car
__________________________________________
9. These dresses are made by my mother
__________________________________________
10. We have finished the test
__________________________________________

CENTRO COLOMBIANO DE ESTUDIOS PROFESIONALES


PERFECT TENSES EVALUATION

NAME:
___________________________________________________
SEMESTER: ____________

I. TRANSLATE

1) La fiesta no había comenzado cuando llegué.


_________________________________________
2) Peter no ha trabajado desde el año pasado.
_________________________________________
3) Karen no había hecho la tarea.
_________________________________________
4) He estado pensando en ti.
_________________________________________
5) Paola había discutido con su jefe.
_________________________________________

II. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH SIMPLE PAST OR


PRESENT PERFECT

1) I __________________ (go) to Sidney last summer. I


______________________ (be) there many times.
2) Our teacher ____________________ (explain) us this topic several
times, but we ___________________ (understand, not) it yet.
3) Cindy _________________ (sing) in the concert last night. The
songs ________________ (be) wonderful.
4) I ___________________ (have) this car for a long time. I
________________ (buy) it when I was 18.
5) Joseph _______________ never __________________ (win) a
senior competition.

III. COMPLETE THE SENTENCES WITH THE PRESENT


PERFECT FORM OF THE VERBS IN PARENTHESIS

1) Cindy: How many interesting places ____________ you


__________ (know) Paola?
2) Paola: Oh, I ___________________ (know) about five, and in the
last place where I was I met an
interesting boy.
3) Cindy: _______________ you _____________ (see) him again?
4) Paola: No, I _________________ ; but I _____________ (write)
him three letters. He is the nicest boy that I ___________
_____________ (meet).
5) Cindy: _____________ he ______________ (answer) the letters?
6) Paola: Yes, he___________ . We will see next month.
READ THE TEXT AND DO THE EXERCISE BELOW:

If a star used it, would you buy it?

If you saw an actor eating a Choco Bar, would you buy one? Last year, when everyone saw Gabriel Hoops
eat one in the film Run Into Trouble, people bought lots more Choco Bars than before. Was that an advertisement?
Well, the makers of Choco Bars paid a lot of money to Gabriel eat one of their bars and not some other brand. It is a
new way to advertise, called “product placement”; the advertising people like it because we don’t see it as an
advertisement. After all, their job is to get us to buy things. How do they persuade us?
One way is to get someone famous to say they use or like a product. Choco Bars used a film star,
Dentacreme uses a pop-star, Samia. The slogan in the advertisement is a line from one of her songs, so when
you hear the song you think of Dentacreme. There is a message in all advertisements, and in this one it is if you
bought their product you would use the same toothpaste as Samia, a beautiful, exciting pop star. So, if you
cleaned your teeth with Dentacreme you would have a smile like hers, and be beautiful and exciting too. Samia
knows about pop-songs, but does she know more about toothpaste than you do?

Source: Dermot, M. & J. Cooper (1995) Getting the Message. CUP.

1- WRITE TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F):

(_T_) 1. Many people buy products just because famous people use
them.
(_T_) 2. More people saw the film Run Into Trouble because they
wanted to see
Gabriel Hopps eat the Choco Bar.
(_T_) 3. People like this kind of advertising better than the traditional
one.
(_T_) 4. They select the famous person according to their age.
(_F_) 5. The message is that if you use the product you´ll look like the
star.

2- COMPLETE THE SENTENCES USING THE


LANGUAGE
YOU´VE LEARNED:

1. Gabriel _____________didn’t eat____________ (Past habit –


neg. - eat) black chocolate.
2. __ _______________________ (Gerund) too much chocolate
may be dangerous to your health.
3. Gabriel Hopps _ Might be at
home___________________________________________ .
(Prediction)
4. Samia ___________________________________ (Recent past
- make) a commercial of jeans.
5. Samia _________________________ (Past before past – never
- make) commercials of clothes before.

6. “Gabriel will advertise clothes in the next film” Kim said.


(Reported Speech)
The one said that he will make publicity of clothes in following film
7. If Gabriel hadn’t eaten the chocolate in the film,
____________________________________________________
_____________________________________their language
would not measure two
meter___________________________________.
(Speculations: Second Conditional)

8. “Can I talk to you?” asked Samia. (Reported Speech)

9. If Samia __________________________________ she will get


allot of money. (Future results: First Conditional)
10. Samia _________________________ (Past duration -
sing) one of her songs, when her boyfriend called her.

3- MATCH SIMILAR IDEAS:

1. divert a. sensible or logical

2. rational b. make stronger

3. reinforce c. someone addicted to


something
4. junkie d. turn from one course to
another
5. very wet e. soaked

4- WRITE ABOUT A TV COMMERCIAL AT THE


MOMENT:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
__

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

5- WHAT ISSUES IN NEW STREETWISE DID YOU


ENJOY BEST?

 RECORD YOUR ANSWER ON A COMMON TAPE AND SEND IT


TOGETHER WITH THIS EXAM.

STUDENT´S SIGNATURE _______________


GLOBAL WARMING

The scientific community has reached a strong consensus regarding


global climate change. The world is undoubtedly warming. This
warming is mostly the result of emmissions of carbon dioxide and other
greenhouse gases from human activities including industrial
processes, fosil fuel combustion, and changes in land use, such as
deforestation. Continuation of historical tendencies of greenhouse gas
emissions will result in additional warming over the 12st century, with
current projections of a consequences for the world, because it will
also mean a sea-level rise that will droughts and floods and threats to
biodiversity.

Addressing climate change is no simple task. To protect ourselves, our


economy, and our land from the adverse effects of climate change, we
must dramatically reduce emissions of carbon dioxide and other
greenhouse gases. To achieve this goal we must fundamentally
transform the way we organise our global economy. We need to
change from fossil fuel use to more efficient and renewablesources of
energy. Such a transformation will require society to engage in a
common effort, over the near and long-term, to seek out opportunities
and design actions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Policy makers must be aware of this danger and goverments should


educate the public about the causes and potential consequences of
climate change. They should also assist the domestic and international
communities in developing practical and effective solutions to this
important enviromental challenge.

GLOSSARY:

Drought : lack of rain, aridity.


1.- Based on the ideas of the text, answer the following questions
using your own words as far as possible. (25 words maximun
each.)(2 points)

a) -what consequences will global warming have for many cities and
towns in the canary islands?
b) -What should authorities do about these dangers?

2.- Say whether the following sentences are TRUE or FALSE


according to the text. Copy the evidence from the text. No marks
will be given without the evidence.(1point)

a) -Experts agree that the planet’s weather is undergoing


transformations.
b) – Fighting against this change in the world’s weather is quite
easy.

3.- Choose ONLY THREE the following words and write a


synonym(=), an opposite, a definition or a sentence ( only one of
these four) to show that you understand their meaning in the text.
Use your own words. ( 1.5 points)

a) –undoubtedly (line2) d) – to seek out ( line17)


b) – adverse ( line14) e) – to be aware of (line 19)
c) –achieve (line16) f) solutions ( line 22)

4.- Write down three grammatically correct and meaning


sentences by matching both colums. ONLY THREE of them are
correct. (1.5 points)

The Artic is like being one of the Able to cope with a changing
first regions climate.
Scientist believe that the addition Not to be affected for global
of fresh water to the salty oceans warming.
If a “climate-friendly” energy Might change global ocean
policy existed circulation patterns.
It seems to have escaped us that We would surely be able to
poor countries will far less reduce gas emissions into the
atmosphere.

5.- Write a composition of about 100 words on ONE of the


following topics.(4 points)

a) – What can we do to contribute to a more ecological world?


b) – Natural disasters-

ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE


EVALUACION DE PROCESO 5
NAME_____________________________________________

1) Gisela tiene que estudiar ingles?


________________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________
REP.SPEECH_________________________________________2)
Gisela y yo estábamos estudiando ingles?
___________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
3) Gisela podría estudiar ingles?__________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________4)
Gisela y yo estaremos estudiando ingles?
_____________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________REP.S
PEECH_________________________________________5) Gisela
ha estudiado ingles y francés?
___________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________6)
Gisela tendría que estudiar ingles y francés?
___________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________7)
Gisela había estudiado ingles?_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________8)
Gisela y Marina iban a estudiar ingles?
____________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________9)
habrá perros estudiando ingles?
_____________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
10) Gisela y Marina estudiaron ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________
REP.SPEECH_________________________________________11)
hubo perros estudiando ingles?_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
12) Gisela y Marina habrán estado estudiando ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________13)
Gisela y Marina estuvieron estudiando ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
14) Gisela y Marina estarían estudiando ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________15)
Gisela y Marina tuvieron que estudiar ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________16)
Gisela y Marina habrían estudiado ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
17) 18)
ADJECTIVES COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
Good ________________ ________________
Nasty ________________ ________________
Wonderful ________________ ________________
Bad ________________ ________________
Young ________________ ________________
19) the days of the week are?
_________________________________________
__________________________________________________
20) número de tarjeta de identidad en bloque
________________________________________________________
____________________________________________
ENGLISH AND FRENCH INSTITUTE
PROCESO 4 (NICK)

NAME_________________________________
____________

1) Gisela tiene que hablar ingles?


________________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

2) Gisela y yo estábamos hablando ingles?


___________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________

3) Gisela podría hablar ingles?__________________________


yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

4) Gisela y yo estaremos hablando ingles?


_____________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

5) Gisela ha hablado ingles y francés?


___________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________
6) Gisela tendría que hablar ingles y francés?
___________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

7) Gisela había hablado ingles?_______________________________


yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

8) Gisela y Marina iban a hablar ingles?


____________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

9) habrá gatos hablando ingles?


_____________________________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________

10) Gisela y Marina hablaron ingles?


_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

11) hubo gatos hablando ingles?


_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
12) Gisela y Marina habrán estado hablando ingles?
_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________

13) Gisela y Marina estuvieron hablando ingles?


_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________

14) Gisela y Marina estarían hablando ingles?


_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

15) Gisela y Marina tuvieron que hablar ingles?


_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
PV________________________________________________

16) Gisela y Marina habrían hablado ingles?


_______________________________
yes,____________________________________________
no,_____________________________________________
CANADA GEESE

Canada Geese are large blue and white birds. When autumn arrives,
they have to fly south where the weather is warmer. The winters are so
cold in Canada that the birds die if stay there.

Last spring, Bill Lishman found sixteen young Canada Geese on his
farm. They had lost their parents. Bill thought, ‘these young birds won’t
know what to do in the autumn.’

Bill had a small plane and he decided to teach the birds to follow him.
All through the summer, he went on short trips in his plane and the
young geese flew after him.

When flew to Virginia in the United States, 600 miles south of his home
in Canada. The geese followed him all the way. Bill left the geese in
Virginia and he returned home.

This spring, Bill was waiting for the birds to come back. They didn’t
arrive, so Bill flew to Virginia to get them. He looked for them for two
weeks but he couldn’t find them.

When he arrived back home, Bill found the geese waiting for him. They
had found their way home without him!

You might also like